wxPython/src/gtk/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK = _core_.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 107 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 108 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 109 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 110 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 113 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 114 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 115 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 116 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 118 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 119 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 120 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 121 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 122 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 123 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 124 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 125 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 126 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 127 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 128 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 129 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 130 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 131 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 132 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 133 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 134 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 135 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 136 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 137 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 138 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 139 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 140 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 141 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 142 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 143 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 144 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 145 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 146 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 147 OK = _core_.OK
 148 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 149 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 150 YES = _core_.YES
 151 NO = _core_.NO
 152 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 153 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 154 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 155 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 156 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 157 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 158 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 159 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 160 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 161 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 162 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 163 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 164 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 165 RESET = _core_.RESET
 166 HELP = _core_.HELP
 167 MORE = _core_.MORE
 168 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 169 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 170 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 171 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 172 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 173 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 174 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 175 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 176 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 180 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 181 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 182 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 183 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 184 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 185 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 186 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 187 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 188 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 189 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 190 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 191 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 192 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 193 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 194 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 195 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 196 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 197 ID_PAGE_SETUP = _core_.ID_PAGE_SETUP
 198 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 199 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 200 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 201 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 202 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 203 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 204 ID_HELP_INDEX = _core_.ID_HELP_INDEX
 205 ID_HELP_SEARCH = _core_.ID_HELP_SEARCH
 206 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 207 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 208 ID_EDIT = _core_.ID_EDIT
 209 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 210 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 211 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 212 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 213 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 214 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 215 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 216 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 217 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 218 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 219 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 220 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 221 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 222 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 223 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 224 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 225 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 226 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 227 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 228 ID_FILE = _core_.ID_FILE
 229 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 230 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 231 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 232 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 233 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 234 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 235 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 236 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 237 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 238 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 239 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 240 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 241 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 242 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 243 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 244 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 245 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 246 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 247 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 248 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 249 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 250 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 251 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 252 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 253 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 254 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 255 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 256 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 257 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 258 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 259 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 260 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 261 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 262 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 263 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 264 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 265 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 266 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 267 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 268 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 269 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 270 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 271 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 272 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 273 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 274 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 275 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 276 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 277 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 278 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 279 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 280 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 281 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 282 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 283 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 284 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 285 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 286 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 287 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 288 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 289 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 290 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 291 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 292 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 293 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 294 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 295 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 296 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 297 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 298 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 299 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 300 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 301 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 302 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 303 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 304 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 305 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 306 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 307 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 308 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 309 UP = _core_.UP
 310 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 311 TOP = _core_.TOP
 312 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 313 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 314 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 315 WEST = _core_.WEST
 316 EAST = _core_.EAST
 317 ALL = _core_.ALL
 318 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 319 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 320 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 321 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 322 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 323 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 324 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 325 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 326 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 327 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 328 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 329 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 330 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 331 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 332 GROW = _core_.GROW
 333 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 334 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 335 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 336 TILE = _core_.TILE
 337 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 338 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 339 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 340 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 341 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 342 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 343 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 344 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 345 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 346 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 347 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 348 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 349 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 350 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 351 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 352 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 353 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 354 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 355 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 356 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 357 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 358 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 359 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 360 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 361 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 362 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 363 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 364 DOT = _core_.DOT
 365 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 366 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 367 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 368 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 369 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 370 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 371 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 372 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 373 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 374 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 375 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 376 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 377 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 378 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 379 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 380 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 381 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 382 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 383 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 384 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 385 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 386 XOR = _core_.XOR
 387 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 388 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 389 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 390 COPY = _core_.COPY
 391 AND = _core_.AND
 392 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 393 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 394 NOR = _core_.NOR
 395 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 396 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 397 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 398 NAND = _core_.NAND
 399 OR = _core_.OR
 400 SET = _core_.SET
 401 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 402 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 403 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 404 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 405 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 406 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 407 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 408 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 409 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 410 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 411 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 412 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 413 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 414 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 415 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 416 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 417 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 418 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 419 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 420 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 421 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 422 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 423 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 424 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 425 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 426 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 427 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 428 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 429 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 430 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 431 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 432 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 433 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 434 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 435 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 436 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 437 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 438 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 439 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 440 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 441 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 442 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 443 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 444 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 445 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 446 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 447 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 448 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 449 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 450 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 451 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 452 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 453 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 454 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 455 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 456 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 457 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 458 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 459 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 460 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 461 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 462 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 463 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 464 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 465 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 466 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 467 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 468 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 469 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 470 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 471 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 472 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 473 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 474 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 475 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 476 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 477 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 478 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 479 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 480 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 481 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 482 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 504 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 505 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 506 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 507 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 508 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 509 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 510 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 511 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 512 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 513 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 514 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 515 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 516 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 517 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 518 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 519 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 520 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 521 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 522 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 523 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 524 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 525 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 526 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 527 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 528 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 529 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 530 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 531 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 532 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 533 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 534 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 535 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 536 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 537 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 538 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 539 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 540 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 541 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 542 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 543 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 544 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 545 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 546 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 547 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 548 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 549 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 550 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 551 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 552 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 553 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 554 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 555 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 556 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 557 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 558 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 559 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 560 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 561 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 562 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 563 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 564 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 565 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 566 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 567 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 568 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 569 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 570 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 571 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 572 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 573 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 574 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 575 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 576 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 577 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 578 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 579 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 580 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 581 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 582 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 583 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 584 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 585 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 586 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 587 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 588 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 589 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 590 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 591 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 592 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 593 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 594 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 595 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 596 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 597 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 598 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 599 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 600 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 601 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 602 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 603 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 604 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 605 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 606 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 607 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 608 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 609 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 610 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 611 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 613 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 614 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 615 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 616 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 617 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 618 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 620 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 621 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 622 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 623 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 624 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 625 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 626 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 627 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 628 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 629 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 630 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 631 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 632 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 633 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 634 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 635 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 636 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 637 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 638 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 639 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 640 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 641 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 642 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 643 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 644 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 645 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 646 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 647 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 648 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 649 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 650 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 651 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 652 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 653 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 654 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 655 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 656 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 657 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 658 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 659 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 660 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 662 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 663 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 664 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 665 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 666 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 667 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 668 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 669 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 670 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 671 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 672 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 673 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 674 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 675 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 676 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 677 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 678 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 679 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 680 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 681 Layout_Default = _core_.Layout_Default
 682 Layout_LeftToRight = _core_.Layout_LeftToRight
 683 Layout_RightToLeft = _core_.Layout_RightToLeft
 684 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 685
 686 class Object(object):
 687     """
 688     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 689     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 690     """
 691     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 692     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 693     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 694     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 695         """
 696         GetClassName(self) -> String
 697
 698         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 699         """
 700         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 701
 702     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 703         """
 704         Destroy(self)
 705
 706         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 707         """
 708         val = _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 709         args[0].thisown = 0
 710         return val
 711
 712     ClassName = property(GetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName`")
 713 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 714 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 715 cvar = _core_.cvar
 716 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 717
 718 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 719
 720 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 721 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 722 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 723 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 724 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 725 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 726 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 740 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 741 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 742 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 743 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 744 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 745 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 746 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 747 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 748 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 749 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 750 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 751 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 752 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 753 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 754 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 755 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 756 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 757 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 758 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 759 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 760 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 761 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 762 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 763 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 764 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 765 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 766 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 767 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 768 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 769 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 770 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 771 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 772
 773 class Size(object):
 774     """
 775     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 776     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 777     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 778     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 779     """
 780     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 781     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 782     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 783     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 784     x = width; y = height
 785     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 786         """
 787         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 788
 789         Creates a size object.
 790         """
 791         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 792     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 793     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 794     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 795         """
 796         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 797
 798         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 799         """
 800         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 801
 802     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 803         """
 804         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 805
 806         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 807         """
 808         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 809
 810     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 811         """
 812         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 813
 814         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 815         """
 816         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 817
 818     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 819         """
 820         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 821
 822         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 823         """
 824         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 825
 826     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 827         """
 828         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 829
 830         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 831         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 832         """
 833         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 834
 835     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 836         """
 837         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 838
 839         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 840         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 841         """
 842         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 843
 844     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
 845         """
 846         Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale)
 847
 848         Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors.
 849         """
 850         return _core_.Size_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
 851
 852     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 853         """
 854         Set(self, int w, int h)
 855
 856         Set both width and height.
 857         """
 858         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 859
 860     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 861         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 862         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 863
 864     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 865         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 866         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 867
 868     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 869         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 870         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 871
 872     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 873         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 874         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 875
 876     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 877         """
 878         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 879
 880         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 881         """
 882         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 883
 884     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 885         """
 886         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 887
 888         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 889         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 890         """
 891         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 892
 893     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 894         """
 895         Get() -> (width,height)
 896
 897         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 898         """
 899         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 900
 901     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 902     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 903     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 904     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 905     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 906     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 907         if index == 0: self.width = val
 908         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 909         else: raise IndexError
 910     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 911     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 912     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 913
 914 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 915
 916 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 917
 918 class RealPoint(object):
 919     """
 920     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 921     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 922     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 923     """
 924     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 925     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 926     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 927     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 928     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 929         """
 930         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 931
 932         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 933         """
 934         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 935     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 936     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 937     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 938         """
 939         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 940
 941         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 942         """
 943         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 944
 945     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 946         """
 947         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 948
 949         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 950         """
 951         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 952
 953     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 954         """
 955         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 956
 957         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 958         """
 959         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 960
 961     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 962         """
 963         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 964
 965         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 966         """
 967         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 968
 969     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 970         """
 971         Set(self, double x, double y)
 972
 973         Set both the x and y properties
 974         """
 975         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 976
 977     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 978         """
 979         Get() -> (x,y)
 980
 981         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 982         """
 983         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 984
 985     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 986     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 987     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 988     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 989     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 990     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 991         if index == 0: self.x = val
 992         elif index == 1: self.y = val
 993         else: raise IndexError
 994     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
 995     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 996     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
 997
 998 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
 999
1000 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1001
1002 class Point(object):
1003     """
1004     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
1005     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1006     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1007     """
1008     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1009     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1010     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1011     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1012     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1013         """
1014         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1015
1016         Create a wx.Point object
1017         """
1018         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1019     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1020     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1021     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1022         """
1023         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1024
1025         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1026         """
1027         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1028
1029     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1030         """
1031         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1032
1033         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1034         """
1035         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1036
1037     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1038         """
1039         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1040
1041         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1042         """
1043         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1044
1045     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1046         """
1047         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1048
1049         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1050         """
1051         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1052
1053     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1054         """
1055         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1056
1057         Add pt to this object.
1058         """
1059         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1060
1061     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1062         """
1063         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1064
1065         Subtract pt from this object.
1066         """
1067         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1068
1069     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1070         """
1071         Set(self, long x, long y)
1072
1073         Set both the x and y properties
1074         """
1075         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1076
1077     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1078         """
1079         Get() -> (x,y)
1080
1081         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1082         """
1083         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1084
1085     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1086     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1087     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1088     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1089     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1090     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1091         if index == 0: self.x = val
1092         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1093         else: raise IndexError
1094     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1095     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1096     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1097
1098 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1099
1100 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1101
1102 class Rect(object):
1103     """
1104     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1105     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1106     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1107     """
1108     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1109     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1110     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1111         """
1112         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1113
1114         Create a new Rect object.
1115         """
1116         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1117     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1118     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1119     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1120         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1121         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1122
1123     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1124         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1125         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1126
1127     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1128         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1129         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1130
1131     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1132         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1133         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1134
1135     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1136         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1137         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1138
1139     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1140         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1141         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1142
1143     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1144         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1145         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1146
1147     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1148         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1149         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1150
1151     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1152         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1153         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1154
1155     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1156         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1157         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1158
1159     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1160         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1161         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1162
1163     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1164         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1165         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1166
1167     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1168         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1169         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1170
1171     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1172         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1173         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1174
1175     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1176         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1177         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1178
1179     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1180         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1181         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1182
1183     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1184         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1185         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1186
1187     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1188         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1189         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1190
1191     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1192         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1193         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1194
1195     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1196         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1197         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1198
1199     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1200         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1201         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1202
1203     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1204         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1205         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1206
1207     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1208         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1209         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1210
1211     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1212         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1213         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1214
1215     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1216         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1217         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1218
1219     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1220     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1221     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1222     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1223     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1224     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1225
1226     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1227         """
1228         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1229
1230         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1231
1232         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1233         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1234         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1235         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1236         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1237         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1238         direction.
1239
1240         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1241         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1242         first::
1243
1244             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1245             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1246
1247
1248         """
1249         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1250
1251     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1252         """
1253         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1254
1255         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1256         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1257         `Inflate` for a full description.
1258         """
1259         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1260
1261     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1262         """
1263         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1264
1265         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1266         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1267         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1268         """
1269         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1270
1271     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1272         """
1273         Offset(self, Point pt)
1274
1275         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1276         """
1277         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1278
1279     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1280         """
1281         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1282
1283         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1284         """
1285         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1286
1287     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1288         """
1289         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1290
1291         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1292         """
1293         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1294
1295     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1296         """
1297         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1298
1299         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1300         """
1301         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1302
1303     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1304         """
1305         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1306
1307         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1308         """
1309         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1310
1311     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1312         """
1313         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1314
1315         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1316         """
1317         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1318
1319     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1320         """
1321         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1322
1323         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1324         """
1325         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1326
1327     def ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs):
1328         """
1329         ContainsXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1330
1331         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1332         """
1333         return _core_.Rect_ContainsXY(*args, **kwargs)
1334
1335     def Contains(*args, **kwargs):
1336         """
1337         Contains(self, Point pt) -> bool
1338
1339         Return True if the point is inside the rect.
1340         """
1341         return _core_.Rect_Contains(*args, **kwargs)
1342
1343     def ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs):
1344         """
1345         ContainsRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1346
1347         Returns ``True`` if the given rectangle is completely inside this
1348         rectangle or touches its boundary.
1349         """
1350         return _core_.Rect_ContainsRect(*args, **kwargs)
1351
1352     Inside = wx._deprecated(Contains, "Use `Contains` instead.")
1353     InsideXY = wx._deprecated(ContainsXY, "Use `ContainsXY` instead.")
1354     InsideRect = wx._deprecated(ContainsRect, "Use `ContainsRect` instead.")
1355
1356     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1357         """
1358         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1359
1360         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1361         """
1362         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1363
1364     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1365         """
1366         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1367
1368         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1369         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1370         """
1371         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1372
1373     CentreIn = CenterIn
1374     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1375     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1376     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1377     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1378     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1379         """
1380         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1381
1382         Set all rectangle properties.
1383         """
1384         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1385
1386     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1387         """
1388         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1389
1390         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1391         """
1392         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1393
1394     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1395     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1396     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1397     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1398     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1399     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1400         if index == 0: self.x = val
1401         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1402         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1403         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1404         else: raise IndexError
1405     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1406     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1407     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1408
1409     Bottom = property(GetBottom,SetBottom,doc="See `GetBottom` and `SetBottom`")
1410     BottomRight = property(GetBottomRight,SetBottomRight,doc="See `GetBottomRight` and `SetBottomRight`")
1411     Height = property(GetHeight,SetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight` and `SetHeight`")
1412     Left = property(GetLeft,SetLeft,doc="See `GetLeft` and `SetLeft`")
1413     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
1414     Right = property(GetRight,SetRight,doc="See `GetRight` and `SetRight`")
1415     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
1416     Top = property(GetTop,SetTop,doc="See `GetTop` and `SetTop`")
1417     TopLeft = property(GetTopLeft,SetTopLeft,doc="See `GetTopLeft` and `SetTopLeft`")
1418     Width = property(GetWidth,SetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth` and `SetWidth`")
1419     X = property(GetX,SetX,doc="See `GetX` and `SetX`")
1420     Y = property(GetY,SetY,doc="See `GetY` and `SetY`")
1421     Empty = property(IsEmpty,doc="See `IsEmpty`")
1422 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1423
1424 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1425     """
1426     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1427
1428     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1429     """
1430     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1431     return val
1432
1433 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1434     """
1435     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1436
1437     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1438     """
1439     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1440     return val
1441
1442 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1443     """
1444     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1445
1446     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1447     """
1448     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1449     return val
1450
1451
1452 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1453   """
1454     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1455
1456     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1457     """
1458   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1459 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1460
1461 class Point2D(object):
1462     """
1463     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1464     with floating point values.
1465     """
1466     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1467     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1468     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1469         """
1470         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1471
1472         Create a w.Point2D object.
1473         """
1474         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1475     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1476         """
1477         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1478
1479         Convert to integer
1480         """
1481         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1482
1483     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1484         """
1485         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1486
1487         Convert to integer
1488         """
1489         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1490
1491     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1492         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1493         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1494
1495     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1496         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1497         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1498
1499     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1500         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1501         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1502
1503     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1504         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1505         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1506
1507     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1508         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1509         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1510     def Normalize(self):
1511         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1512
1513     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1514         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1515         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1516
1517     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1518         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1519         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1520
1521     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1522         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1523         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1524
1525     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1526         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1527         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1528
1529     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1530         """
1531         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1532
1533         the reflection of this point
1534         """
1535         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1536
1537     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1538         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1539         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1540
1541     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1542         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1543         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1544
1545     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1546         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1547         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1548
1549     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1550         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1551         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1552
1553     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1554         """
1555         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1556
1557         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1558         """
1559         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1560
1561     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1562         """
1563         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1564
1565         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1566         """
1567         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1568
1569     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1570     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1571     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1572         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1573         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1574
1575     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1576         """
1577         Get() -> (x,y)
1578
1579         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1580         """
1581         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1582
1583     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1584     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1585     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1586     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1587     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1588     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1589         if index == 0: self.x = val
1590         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1591         else: raise IndexError
1592     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1593     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1594     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1595
1596     Floor = property(GetFloor,doc="See `GetFloor`")
1597     Rounded = property(GetRounded,doc="See `GetRounded`")
1598     VectorAngle = property(GetVectorAngle,SetVectorAngle,doc="See `GetVectorAngle` and `SetVectorAngle`")
1599     VectorLength = property(GetVectorLength,SetVectorLength,doc="See `GetVectorLength` and `SetVectorLength`")
1600 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1601
1602 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1603     """
1604     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1605
1606     Create a w.Point2D object.
1607     """
1608     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1609     return val
1610
1611 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1612     """
1613     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1614
1615     Create a w.Point2D object.
1616     """
1617     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1618     return val
1619
1620 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1621
1622 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1623 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1624 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1625 class InputStream(object):
1626     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1627     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1628     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1629     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1630         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1631         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1632     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1633     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1634     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1635         """close(self)"""
1636         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1637
1638     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1639         """flush(self)"""
1640         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1641
1642     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1643         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1644         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1645
1646     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1647         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1648         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1649
1650     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1651         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1652         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1653
1654     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1655         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1656         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1657
1658     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1659         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1660         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1661
1662     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1663         """tell(self) -> int"""
1664         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1665
1666     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1667         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1668         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1669
1670     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1671         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1672         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1673
1674     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1675         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1676         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1677
1678     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1679         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1680         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1681
1682     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1683         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1684         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1685
1686     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1687         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1688         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1689
1690     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1691         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1692         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1693
1694     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1695         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1696         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1697
1698 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1699 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1700 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1701
1702 class OutputStream(object):
1703     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1704     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1705     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1706     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1707     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1708         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1709         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1710
1711     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1712         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1713         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1714
1715 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1716
1717 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1718
1719 class FSFile(Object):
1720     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1721     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1722     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1723     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1724         """
1725         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1726             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1727         """
1728         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1729     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1730     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1731     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1732         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1733         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1734
1735     def DetachStream(*args, **kwargs):
1736         """DetachStream(self)"""
1737         return _core_.FSFile_DetachStream(*args, **kwargs)
1738
1739     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1740         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1741         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1742
1743     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1744         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1745         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1746
1747     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1748         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1749         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1750
1751     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1752         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1753         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1754
1755     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
1756     Location = property(GetLocation,doc="See `GetLocation`")
1757     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType`")
1758     ModificationTime = property(GetModificationTime,doc="See `GetModificationTime`")
1759     Stream = property(GetStream,doc="See `GetStream`")
1760 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1761
1762 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1763     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1764     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1765     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1766     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1767     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1768     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1769 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1770
1771 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1772     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1773     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1774     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1775     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1776         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1777         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1778         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1779
1780     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1781         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1782         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1783
1784     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1785         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1786         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1787
1788     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1789         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1790         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1791
1792     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1793         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1794         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1795
1796     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1797         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1798         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1799
1800     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1801         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1802         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1803
1804     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1805         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1806         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1807
1808     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1809         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1810         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1811
1812     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1813         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1814         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1815
1816     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1817         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1818         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1819
1820     Anchor = property(GetAnchor,doc="See `GetAnchor`")
1821     LeftLocation = property(GetLeftLocation,doc="See `GetLeftLocation`")
1822     MimeTypeFromExt = property(GetMimeTypeFromExt,doc="See `GetMimeTypeFromExt`")
1823     Protocol = property(GetProtocol,doc="See `GetProtocol`")
1824     RightLocation = property(GetRightLocation,doc="See `GetRightLocation`")
1825 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1826
1827 class FileSystem(Object):
1828     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1829     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1830     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1831     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1832         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1833         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1834     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1835     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1836     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1837         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1838         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1839
1840     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1841         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1842         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1843
1844     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1845         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1846         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1847
1848     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1849         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1850         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1851
1852     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1853         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1854         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1855
1856     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1857         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1858         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1859
1860     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1861     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1862         """RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
1863         return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1864
1865     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
1866     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1867         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1868         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1869
1870     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1871     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1872         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1873         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1874
1875     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1876     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1877         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1878         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1879
1880     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1881     Path = property(GetPath,doc="See `GetPath`")
1882 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1883
1884 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1885   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1886   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1887
1888 def FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1889   """FileSystem_RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler"""
1890   return _core_.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1891
1892 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1893   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1894   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1895
1896 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1897   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1898   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1899
1900 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1901   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1902   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1903
1904 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1905     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1906     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1907     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1908     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1909         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1910         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1911     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1912         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1913         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1914
1915     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1916         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1917         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1918
1919 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1920
1921 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1922     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1923     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1924     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1925     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1926         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1927         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1928     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1929         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1930         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1931
1932     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1933         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1934         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1935
1936     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1937         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1938         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1939
1940     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1941         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1942         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1943
1944 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1945
1946
1947 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1948   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1949   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1950
1951 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1952   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1953   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1954
1955 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1956   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1957   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1958 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1959     """
1960     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1961     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1962     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1963     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1964     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1965     """
1966     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1967         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1968     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1969         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1970     elif type(dataItem) == str:
1971         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
1972     else:
1973         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
1974
1975 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1976     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
1977     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1978     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1979     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1980         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
1981         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1982     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1983         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1984         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1985
1986     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
1987     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
1988     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1989         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1990         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1991
1992     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1993         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1994         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1995
1996     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1997         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1998         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1999
2000     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
2001         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
2002         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
2003
2004 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
2005
2006 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2007   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
2008   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2009
2010 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
2011 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
2012 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
2013 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2014
2015 class ImageHandler(Object):
2016     """
2017     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2018     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
2019     normally seen by the application.
2020     """
2021     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2022     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
2023     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2024     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
2025         """GetName(self) -> String"""
2026         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
2027
2028     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2029         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
2030         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2031
2032     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
2033         """GetType(self) -> long"""
2034         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
2035
2036     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2037         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
2038         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2039
2040     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2041         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
2042         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2043
2044     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2045         """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool"""
2046         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2047
2048     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
2049         """SetName(self, String name)"""
2050         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
2051
2052     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
2053         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
2054         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
2055
2056     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
2057         """SetType(self, long type)"""
2058         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
2059
2060     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
2061         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2062         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2063
2064     Extension = property(GetExtension,SetExtension,doc="See `GetExtension` and `SetExtension`")
2065     MimeType = property(GetMimeType,SetMimeType,doc="See `GetMimeType` and `SetMimeType`")
2066     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
2067     Type = property(GetType,SetType,doc="See `GetType` and `SetType`")
2068 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2069
2070 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2071     """
2072     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2073     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2074     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2075     the following methods::
2076
2077         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2078             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2079
2080         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2081             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2082
2083         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2084             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2085                this handler's image file format.'''
2086
2087         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2088             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2089                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2090
2091     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2092     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2093     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2094
2095     """
2096     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2097     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2098     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2099         """
2100         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2101
2102         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2103         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2104         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2105         the following methods::
2106
2107             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2108                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2109
2110             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2111                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2112
2113             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2114                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2115                    this handler's image file format.'''
2116
2117             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2118                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2119                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2120
2121         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2122         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2123         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2124
2125         """
2126         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2127         self._SetSelf(self)
2128
2129     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2130         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2131         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2132
2133 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2134
2135 class ImageHistogram(object):
2136     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2137     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2138     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2139     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2140         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2141         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2142     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2143         """
2144         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2145
2146         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2147         """
2148         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2149
2150     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2151     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2152         """
2153         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2154
2155         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2156         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2157         success flag and rgb values.
2158         """
2159         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2160
2161     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2162         """
2163         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2164
2165         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2166         key value from a RGB tripple.
2167         """
2168         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2169
2170     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2171         """
2172         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2173
2174         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2175         """
2176         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2177
2178     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2179         """
2180         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2181
2182         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2183         """
2184         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2185
2186 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2187
2188 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2189   """
2190     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2191
2192     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2193     """
2194   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2195
2196 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2197     """
2198     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2199     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2200     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2201     color space.
2202     """
2203     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2204     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2205     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2206         """
2207         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2208
2209         Constructor.
2210         """
2211         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2212     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2213     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2214     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2215 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2216
2217 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2218     """
2219     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2220     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2221     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2222     color space.
2223     """
2224     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2225     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2226     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2227         """
2228         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2229
2230         Constructor.
2231         """
2232         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2233     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2234     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2235     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2236 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2237
2238 class Image(Object):
2239     """
2240     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2241     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2242     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2243     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2244
2245     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2246     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2247     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2248     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2249
2250     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2251     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2252     bitmap object.
2253
2254     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2255     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2256     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2257     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2258     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2259
2260     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2261     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2262     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2263     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2264     """
2265     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2266     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2267     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2268         """
2269         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2270
2271         Loads an image from a file.
2272         """
2273         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2274     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2275     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2276     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2277         """
2278         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2279
2280         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2281         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2282         """
2283         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2284
2285     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2286         """
2287         Destroy(self)
2288
2289         Destroys the image data.
2290         """
2291         val = _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2292         args[0].thisown = 0
2293         return val
2294
2295     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2296         """
2297         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2298
2299         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2300         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2301         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2302         """
2303         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2304
2305     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2306         """
2307         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2308
2309         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2310         """
2311         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2312
2313     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2314         """
2315         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2316
2317         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2318         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2319
2320         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2321         """
2322         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2323
2324     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2325         """
2326         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2327
2328         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2329         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2330         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2331         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2332         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2333         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2334         newly exposed areas.
2335
2336         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2337         """
2338         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2339
2340     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2341         """
2342         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2343
2344         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2345         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2346         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2347         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2348         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2349         """
2350         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2351
2352     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2353         """
2354         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2355
2356         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2357         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2358         safe way to manipulate the data.
2359         """
2360         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2361
2362     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2363         """
2364         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2365
2366         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2367         """
2368         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2369
2370     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2371         """
2372         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2373
2374         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2375         """
2376         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2377
2378     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2379         """
2380         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2381
2382         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2383         """
2384         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2385
2386     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2387         """
2388         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2389
2390         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2391         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2392         for this.
2393         """
2394         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2395
2396     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2397         """
2398         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2399
2400         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2401         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2402         this.
2403
2404         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2405         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2406         the fully opaque pixels.
2407         """
2408         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2409
2410     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2411         """
2412         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2413
2414         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2415         """
2416         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2417
2418     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2419         """
2420         InitAlpha(self)
2421
2422         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2423         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2424         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2425         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2426         """
2427         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2428
2429     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2430         """
2431         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2432
2433         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2434         than the spcified threshold.
2435         """
2436         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2437
2438     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2439         """
2440         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2441
2442         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2443         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2444         success flag and rgb values.
2445         """
2446         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2447
2448     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2449         """
2450         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2451
2452         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2453         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2454         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2455         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2456
2457         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2458         nothing.
2459         """
2460         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2461
2462     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2463         """
2464         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2465
2466         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2467         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2468         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2469         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2470         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2471         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2472         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2473         """
2474         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2475
2476     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2477         """
2478         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2479
2480         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2481         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2482         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2483         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2484         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2485
2486         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2487         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2488         mask was successfully applied.
2489
2490         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2491         computationally intensive operation.
2492         """
2493         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2494
2495     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2496         """
2497         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2498
2499         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2500         """
2501         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2502
2503     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2504     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2505         """
2506         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2507
2508         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2509         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2510         the number of available images.
2511         """
2512         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2513
2514     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2515     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2516         """
2517         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2518
2519         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2520         library will try to autodetect the format.
2521         """
2522         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2523
2524     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2525         """
2526         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2527
2528         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2529         string.
2530         """
2531         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2532
2533     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2534         """
2535         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2536
2537         Saves an image in the named file.
2538         """
2539         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2540
2541     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2542         """
2543         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2544
2545         Saves an image in the named file.
2546         """
2547         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2548
2549     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2550         """
2551         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2552
2553         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2554         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2555         object.
2556         """
2557         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2558
2559     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2560     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2561         """
2562         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2563
2564         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2565         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2566         autodetect the format.
2567         """
2568         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2569
2570     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2571         """
2572         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2573
2574         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2575         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2576         """
2577         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2578
2579     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
2580         """
2581         Ok(self) -> bool
2582
2583         Returns true if image data is present.
2584         """
2585         return _core_.Image_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
2586
2587     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2588         """
2589         GetWidth(self) -> int
2590
2591         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2592         """
2593         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2594
2595     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2596         """
2597         GetHeight(self) -> int
2598
2599         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2600         """
2601         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2602
2603     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2604         """
2605         GetSize(self) -> Size
2606
2607         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2608         """
2609         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2610
2611     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2612         """
2613         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2614
2615         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2616         entirely to the image.
2617         """
2618         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2619
2620     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2621         """
2622         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2623
2624         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2625         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2626         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2627         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2628         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2629         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2630         newly exposed areas.
2631         """
2632         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2633
2634     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2635         """
2636         Copy(self) -> Image
2637
2638         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2639         """
2640         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2641
2642     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2643         """
2644         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2645
2646         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2647         and any out of bounds problems.
2648         """
2649         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2650
2651     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2652         """
2653         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2654
2655         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2656         """
2657         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2658
2659     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2660         """
2661         SetData(self, buffer data)
2662
2663         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2664         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2665         the data must be width*height*3.
2666         """
2667         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2668
2669     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2670         """
2671         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2672
2673         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2674         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2675         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2676         """
2677         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2678
2679     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2680         """
2681         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2682
2683         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2684         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2685         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2686         """
2687         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2688
2689     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2690         """
2691         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2692
2693         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2694         """
2695         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2696
2697     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2698         """
2699         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2700
2701         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2702         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2703         data must be width*height.
2704         """
2705         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2706
2707     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2708         """
2709         GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2710
2711         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the Alpha
2712         data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do not
2713         use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2714         """
2715         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2716
2717     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2718         """
2719         SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)
2720
2721         Sets the internal image alpha pointer to point at a Python buffer
2722         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2723         ensure that the buffer object lives as long as the wx.Image does.
2724         """
2725         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2726
2727     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2728         """
2729         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2730
2731         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2732         mask).
2733         """
2734         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2735
2736     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2737         """
2738         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2739
2740         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2741         """
2742         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2743
2744     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2745         """
2746         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2747
2748         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2749         """
2750         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2751
2752     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2753         """
2754         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2755
2756         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2757         """
2758         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2759
2760     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2761         """
2762         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2763
2764         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2765         """
2766         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2767
2768     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2769         """
2770         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2771
2772         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2773         determined by the current mask colour.
2774         """
2775         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2776
2777     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2778         """
2779         HasMask(self) -> bool
2780
2781         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2782         """
2783         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2784
2785     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2786         """
2787         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2788             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2789
2790         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2791         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2792         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2793         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2794         will be used as the fill colour.
2795
2796         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2797         """
2798         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2799
2800     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2801         """
2802         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2803
2804         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2805         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2806         """
2807         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2808
2809     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2810         """
2811         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2812
2813         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2814         indicates the orientation.
2815         """
2816         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2817
2818     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2819         """
2820         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2821
2822         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2823         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2824         """
2825         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2826
2827     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2828         """
2829         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2830
2831         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2832         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2833         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2834         """
2835         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2836
2837     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2838         """
2839         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2840
2841         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2842         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2843         colour everywhere else.
2844         """
2845         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2846
2847     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2848         """
2849         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2850
2851         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2852         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2853         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2854         """
2855         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2856
2857     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2858         """
2859         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2860
2861         Sets an image option as an integer.
2862         """
2863         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2864
2865     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2866         """
2867         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2868
2869         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2870         """
2871         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2872
2873     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2874         """
2875         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2876
2877         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2878         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2879         """
2880         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2881
2882     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2883         """
2884         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2885
2886         Returns true if the given option is present.
2887         """
2888         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2889
2890     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2891         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2892         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2893
2894     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2895         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2896         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2897
2898     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2899         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2900         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2901
2902     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2903     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2904         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2905         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2906
2907     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2908     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2909         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2910         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2911
2912     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2913     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2914         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2915         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2916
2917     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2918     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2919         """
2920         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2921
2922         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2923         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2924         dialog boxes.
2925         """
2926         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
2927
2928     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
2929     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2930         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
2931         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2932
2933     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2934         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
2935         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2936
2937     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
2938         """
2939         RotateHue(self, double angle)
2940
2941         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
2942         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
2943         """
2944         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
2945
2946     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
2947         """
2948         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
2949
2950         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
2951         """
2952         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
2953
2954     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
2955     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2956         """
2957         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
2958
2959         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
2960         """
2961         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2962
2963     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
2964     def __nonzero__(self): return self.Ok()
2965     AlphaBuffer = property(GetAlphaBuffer,SetAlphaBuffer,doc="See `GetAlphaBuffer` and `SetAlphaBuffer`")
2966     AlphaData = property(GetAlphaData,SetAlphaData,doc="See `GetAlphaData` and `SetAlphaData`")
2967     Data = property(GetData,SetData,doc="See `GetData` and `SetData`")
2968     DataBuffer = property(GetDataBuffer,SetDataBuffer,doc="See `GetDataBuffer` and `SetDataBuffer`")
2969     Height = property(GetHeight,doc="See `GetHeight`")
2970     MaskBlue = property(GetMaskBlue,doc="See `GetMaskBlue`")
2971     MaskGreen = property(GetMaskGreen,doc="See `GetMaskGreen`")
2972     MaskRed = property(GetMaskRed,doc="See `GetMaskRed`")
2973     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
2974     Width = property(GetWidth,doc="See `GetWidth`")
2975 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
2976
2977 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
2978     """
2979     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2980
2981     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
2982     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
2983     """
2984     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
2985     return val
2986
2987 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
2988     """
2989     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2990
2991     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2992     object.
2993     """
2994     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
2995     return val
2996
2997 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
2998     """
2999     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
3000
3001     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
3002     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
3003     """
3004     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
3005     return val
3006
3007 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
3008     """
3009     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
3010
3011     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
3012     pixels to black.
3013     """
3014     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
3015     return val
3016
3017 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
3018     """
3019     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
3020
3021     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
3022     """
3023     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
3024     return val
3025
3026 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
3027     """
3028     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
3029
3030     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
3031     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
3032     must be width*height*3.
3033     """
3034     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
3035     return val
3036
3037 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
3038     """
3039     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
3040
3041     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
3042     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
3043     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
3044     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
3045     """
3046     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
3047     return val
3048
3049 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
3050   """
3051     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
3052
3053     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
3054     """
3055   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
3056
3057 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
3058   """
3059     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
3060
3061     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
3062     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
3063     the number of available images.
3064     """
3065   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
3066
3067 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
3068   """
3069     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
3070
3071     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
3072     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
3073     object.
3074     """
3075   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
3076
3077 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3078   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3079   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3080
3081 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3082   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
3083   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3084
3085 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3086   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
3087   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3088
3089 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3090   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3091   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3092
3093 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3094   """
3095     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3096
3097     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3098     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3099     dialog boxes.
3100     """
3101   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3102
3103 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3104   """
3105     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3106
3107     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3108     """
3109   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3110
3111 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3112   """
3113     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3114
3115     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3116     """
3117   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3118
3119
3120 def _ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
3121   """_ImageFromBuffer(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha=None) -> Image"""
3122   return _core_._ImageFromBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
3123 def ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer=None):
3124     """
3125     Creates a `wx.Image` from the data in dataBuffer.  The dataBuffer
3126     parameter must be a Python object that implements the buffer interface,
3127     such as a string, array, etc.  The dataBuffer object is expected to
3128     contain a series of RGB bytes and be width*height*3 bytes long.  A buffer
3129     object can optionally be supplied for the image's alpha channel data, and
3130     it is expected to be width*height bytes long.
3131
3132     The wx.Image will be created with its data and alpha pointers initialized
3133     to the memory address pointed to by the buffer objects, thus saving the
3134     time needed to copy the image data from the buffer object to the wx.Image.
3135     While this has advantages, it also has the shoot-yourself-in-the-foot
3136     risks associated with sharing a C pointer between two objects.
3137
3138     To help alleviate the risk a reference to the data and alpha buffer
3139     objects are kept with the wx.Image, so that they won't get deleted until
3140     after the wx.Image is deleted.  However please be aware that it is not
3141     guaranteed that an object won't move its memory buffer to a new location
3142     when it needs to resize its contents.  If that happens then the wx.Image
3143     will end up referring to an invalid memory location and could cause the
3144     application to crash.  Therefore care should be taken to not manipulate
3145     the objects used for the data and alpha buffers in a way that would cause
3146     them to change size.
3147     """
3148     image = _core_._ImageFromBuffer(width, height, dataBuffer, alphaBuffer)
3149     image._buffer = dataBuffer
3150     image._alpha = alphaBuffer
3151     return image
3152
3153 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3154     """
3155     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3156     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3157     """
3158     pass
3159
3160 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3161 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3162 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3163 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3164 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3165 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3166 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3167 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3168 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3169 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3170 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3171 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3172 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3173 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3174 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3175     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3176     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3177     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3178     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3179         """
3180         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3181
3182         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3183         """
3184         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3185 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3186 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3187 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3188 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3189 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3190 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3191 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3192 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3193 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3194 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3195 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3196 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3197 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3198 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3199 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3200 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3201 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3202
3203 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3204     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3205     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3206     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3207     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3208         """
3209         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3210
3211         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3212         """
3213         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3214 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3215
3216 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3217     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3218     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3219     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3220     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3221         """
3222         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3223
3224         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3225         """
3226         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3227 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3228
3229 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3230     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3231     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3232     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3233     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3234         """
3235         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3236
3237         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3238         """
3239         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3240 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3241
3242 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3243     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3244     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3245     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3246     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3247         """
3248         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3249
3250         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3251         """
3252         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3253 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3254
3255 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3256     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3257     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3258     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3259     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3260         """
3261         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3262
3263         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3264         """
3265         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3266 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3267
3268 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3269     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3270     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3271     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3272     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3273         """
3274         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3275
3276         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3277         """
3278         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3279 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3280
3281 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3282     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3283     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3284     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3285     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3286         """
3287         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3288
3289         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3290         """
3291         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3292 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3293
3294 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3295     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3296     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3297     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3298     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3299         """
3300         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3301
3302         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3303         """
3304         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3305 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3306
3307 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3308     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3309     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3310     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3311     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3312         """
3313         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3314
3315         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3316         """
3317         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3318 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3319
3320 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3321     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3322     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3323     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3324     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3325         """
3326         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3327
3328         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3329         """
3330         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3331 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3332
3333 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3334 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3335 class Quantize(object):
3336     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3337     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3338     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3339     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3340     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3341         """
3342         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3343
3344         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3345         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3346         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3347         """
3348         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3349
3350     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3351 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3352
3353 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3354   """
3355     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3356
3357     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3358     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3359     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3360     """
3361   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3362
3363 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3364
3365 class EvtHandler(Object):
3366     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3367     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3368     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3369     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3370         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3371         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3372         self._setOORInfo(self)
3373
3374     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3375         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3376         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3377
3378     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3379         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3380         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3381
3382     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3383         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3384         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3385
3386     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3387         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3388         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3389
3390     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3391         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3392         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3393
3394     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3395         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3396         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3397
3398     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3399         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3400         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3401
3402     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3403         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3404         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3405
3406     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3407         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3408         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3409
3410     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3411         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3412         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3413
3414     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3415         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3416         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3417
3418     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3419         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3420         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3421         args[0].thisown = 0
3422         return val
3423
3424     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3425         """
3426         Bind an event to an event handler.
3427
3428         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3429                       type of event to bind,
3430
3431         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3432                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3433                       disconnect an event handler.
3434
3435         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3436                       different window than self, but you still
3437                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3438                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3439                       passing the source of the event, the event
3440                       handling system is able to differentiate
3441                       between the same event type from different
3442                       controls.
3443
3444         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3445                    of instance.
3446
3447         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3448                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3449         """
3450         if source is not None:
3451             id  = source.GetId()
3452         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3453
3454     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3455         """
3456         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3457         Returns True if successful.
3458         """
3459         if source is not None:
3460             id  = source.GetId()
3461         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3462
3463     EvtHandlerEnabled = property(GetEvtHandlerEnabled,SetEvtHandlerEnabled,doc="See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`")
3464     NextHandler = property(GetNextHandler,SetNextHandler,doc="See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`")
3465     PreviousHandler = property(GetPreviousHandler,SetPreviousHandler,doc="See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`")
3466 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3467
3468 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3469
3470 class PyEventBinder(object):
3471     """
3472     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3473     handlers.
3474     """
3475     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3476         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3477             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3478         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3479
3480         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3481             self.evtType = evtType
3482         else:
3483             self.evtType = [evtType]
3484
3485
3486     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3487         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3488         for et in self.evtType:
3489             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3490
3491
3492     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3493         """Remove an event binding."""
3494         success = 0
3495         for et in self.evtType:
3496             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3497         return success != 0
3498
3499
3500     def __call__(self, *args):
3501         """
3502         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3503         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3504         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3505         type of the event.
3506         """
3507         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3508         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3509         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3510         target = args[0]
3511         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3512             func = args[1]
3513         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3514             id1 = args[1]
3515             func = args[2]
3516         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3517             id1 = args[1]
3518             id2 = args[2]
3519             func = args[3]
3520         else:
3521             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3522
3523         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3524
3525
3526 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3527 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3528     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3529 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3530     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3531
3532
3533 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3534
3535 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3536
3537 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3538 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3539
3540 def NewEventType(*args):
3541   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3542   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3543 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3544 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3545 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3546 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3547 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3548 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3549 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3550 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3551 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3552 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3553 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3554 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3555 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3556 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3557 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3558 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3559 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3560 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3561 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3562 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3563 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3564 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3565 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3566 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3567 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3568 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3569 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3570 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3571 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3572 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3573 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3574 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3575 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3576 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3577 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3578 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3579 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3580 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3581 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3582 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3583 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3584 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3585 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3586 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3587 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3588 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3589 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3590 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3591 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3592 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3593 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3594 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3595 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3596 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3597 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3598 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3599 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3600 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3601 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3602 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3603 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3604 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3605 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3606 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3607 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3608 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3609 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3610 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3611 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3612 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3613 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3614 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3615 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3616 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3617 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3618 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3619 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3620 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3621 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3622 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3623 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3624 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3625 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3626 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3627 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3628 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST
3629 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3630 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3631 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3632 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3633 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3634 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3635 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3636 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3637 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3638 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3639 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3640 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3641 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3642 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3643 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3644 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3645 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3646 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3647 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3648 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3649 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3650 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3651 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3652 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
3653 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
3654 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
3655 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3656 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3657 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3658 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3659 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3660 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3661 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3662 #
3663 # Create some event binders
3664 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3665 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3666 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3667 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3668 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3669 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3670 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3671 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3672 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3673 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3674 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3675 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3676 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3677 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3678 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3679 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3680 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3681 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3682 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3683 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3684 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3685 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3686 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3687 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3688 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3689 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3690 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3691 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3692 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3693 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3694 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3695 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3696 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3697 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3698 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3699 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3700 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3701 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3702 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3703 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3704 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3705 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST )
3706
3707 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3708 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3709 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3710 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3711 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3712 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3713 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3714 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3715 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3716 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3717 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3718 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3719 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3720
3721 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3722                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3723                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3724                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3725                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3726                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3727                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3728                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3729                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3730                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3731                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3732                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3733                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3734                                      ])
3735
3736
3737 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3738 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3739                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3740                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3741                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3742                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3743                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3744                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3745                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3746                                   ])
3747
3748 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3749 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3750 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3751 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3752 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3753 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3754 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3755 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3756
3757 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3758 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3759                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3760                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3761                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3762                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3763                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3764                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3765                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3766                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3767                                ])
3768
3769 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3770 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3771 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3772 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3773 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3774 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3775 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3776 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3777 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3778 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3779
3780 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3781 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3782                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3783                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3784                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3785                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3786                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3787                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3788                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3789                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3790                                        ], 1)
3791
3792 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3793 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3794 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3795 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3796 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3797 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3798 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3799 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3800 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3801 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3802
3803 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3804 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3805 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3806 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3807 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3808 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3809 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3810 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3811 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3812 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3813
3814 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3815 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3816 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3817 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3818 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3819 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3820 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3821 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3822 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3823
3824
3825 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3826 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3827 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3828 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3829 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3830 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3831 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3832
3833 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3834
3835 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3836 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3837
3838 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3839
3840 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
3841 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
3842 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
3843
3844
3845 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3846
3847 class Event(Object):
3848     """
3849     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3850     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3851     other event classes
3852     """
3853     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3854     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3855     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3856     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3857     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3858     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3859         """
3860         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
3861
3862         Sets the specific type of the event.
3863         """
3864         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3865
3866     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3867         """
3868         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
3869
3870         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3871         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3872         """
3873         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3874
3875     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3876         """
3877         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3878
3879         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3880         any.
3881         """
3882         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3883
3884     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3885         """
3886         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3887
3888         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3889         object that is sending the event.
3890         """
3891         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3892
3893     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3894         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3895         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3896
3897     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3898         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3899         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3900
3901     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3902         """
3903         GetId(self) -> int
3904
3905         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3906         command id.
3907         """
3908         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3909
3910     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3911         """
3912         SetId(self, int Id)
3913
3914         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
3915         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
3916         item, etc.
3917         """
3918         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
3919
3920     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3921         """
3922         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
3923
3924         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
3925         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
3926         """
3927         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3928
3929     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
3930         """
3931         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
3932
3933         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
3934         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
3935         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
3936         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
3937         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
3938         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
3939         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
3940
3941         """
3942         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
3943
3944     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
3945         """
3946         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
3947
3948         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
3949         :see: `Skip`
3950         """
3951         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
3952
3953     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
3954         """
3955         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
3956
3957         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
3958         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
3959         """
3960         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
3961
3962     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3963         """
3964         StopPropagation(self) -> int
3965
3966         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
3967         propagation level value which may be later passed to
3968         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
3969         """
3970         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3971
3972     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3973         """
3974         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
3975
3976         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
3977         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
3978         `StopPropagation`.)
3979
3980         """
3981         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3982
3983     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
3984         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
3985         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
3986
3987     EventObject = property(GetEventObject,SetEventObject,doc="See `GetEventObject` and `SetEventObject`")
3988     EventType = property(GetEventType,SetEventType,doc="See `GetEventType` and `SetEventType`")
3989     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
3990     Skipped = property(GetSkipped,doc="See `GetSkipped`")
3991     Timestamp = property(GetTimestamp,SetTimestamp,doc="See `GetTimestamp` and `SetTimestamp`")
3992 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
3993
3994 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3995
3996 class PropagationDisabler(object):
3997     """
3998     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3999     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4000     propogation of the event will be restored.
4001     """
4002     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4003     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4004     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4005         """
4006         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
4007
4008         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
4009         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
4010         propogation of the event will be restored.
4011         """
4012         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
4013     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
4014     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4015 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
4016
4017 class PropagateOnce(object):
4018     """
4019     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4020     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4021     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4022     """
4023     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4024     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4025     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4026         """
4027         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
4028
4029         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
4030         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
4031         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
4032         """
4033         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
4034     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
4035     __del__ = lambda self : None;
4036 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
4037
4038 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4039
4040 class CommandEvent(Event):
4041     """
4042     This event class contains information about command events, which
4043     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4044     toolbars.
4045     """
4046     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4047     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4048     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4049         """
4050         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
4051
4052         This event class contains information about command events, which
4053         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
4054         toolbars.
4055         """
4056         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4057     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4058         """
4059         GetSelection(self) -> int
4060
4061         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4062         for a deselection).
4063         """
4064         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4065
4066     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
4067         """SetString(self, String s)"""
4068         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
4069
4070     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
4071         """
4072         GetString(self) -> String
4073
4074         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
4075         for a deselection).
4076         """
4077         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
4078
4079     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
4080         """
4081         IsChecked(self) -> bool
4082
4083         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
4084         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
4085         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
4086         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
4087         makes sense for checkable menu items).
4088         """
4089         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
4090
4091     Checked = IsChecked
4092     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
4093         """
4094         IsSelection(self) -> bool
4095
4096         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
4097         false if it is a deselection.
4098         """
4099         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
4100
4101     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4102         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
4103         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4104
4105     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
4106         """
4107         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
4108
4109         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
4110         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
4111         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
4112         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
4113         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
4114         listbox must be examined by the application.
4115         """
4116         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
4117
4118     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4119         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
4120         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4121
4122     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
4123         """
4124         GetInt(self) -> int
4125
4126         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
4127         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
4128         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
4129         """
4130         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
4131
4132     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4133         """
4134         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4135
4136         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4137         """
4138         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4139
4140     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4141         """
4142         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4143
4144         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4145         """
4146         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4147
4148     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4149     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4150
4151     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4152         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4153         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4154
4155     ClientData = property(GetClientData,SetClientData,doc="See `GetClientData` and `SetClientData`")
4156     ClientObject = property(GetClientObject,SetClientObject,doc="See `GetClientObject` and `SetClientObject`")
4157     ExtraLong = property(GetExtraLong,SetExtraLong,doc="See `GetExtraLong` and `SetExtraLong`")
4158     Int = property(GetInt,SetInt,doc="See `GetInt` and `SetInt`")
4159     Selection = property(GetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection`")
4160     String = property(GetString,SetString,doc="See `GetString` and `SetString`")
4161 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4162
4163 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4164
4165 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4166     """
4167     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4168     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4169     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4170     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4171     """
4172     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4173     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4174     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4175         """
4176         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4177
4178         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4179         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4180         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4181         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4182         """
4183         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4184     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4185         """
4186         Veto(self)
4187
4188         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4189
4190         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4191         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4192         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4193         """
4194         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4195
4196     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4197         """
4198         Allow(self)
4199
4200         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4201         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4202         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4203         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4204         """
4205         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4206
4207     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4208         """
4209         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4210
4211         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4212         false otherwise (if it was).
4213         """
4214         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4215
4216 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4217
4218 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4219
4220 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4221     """
4222     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4223     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4224     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4225     instead.
4226     """
4227     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4228     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4229     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4230         """
4231         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4232             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4233         """
4234         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4235     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4236         """
4237         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4238
4239         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4240         the scrollbar.
4241         """
4242         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4243
4244     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4245         """
4246         GetPosition(self) -> int
4247
4248         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4249         """
4250         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4251
4252     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4253         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4254         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4255
4256     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4257         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4258         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4259
4260     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4261     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4262 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4263
4264 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4265
4266 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4267     """
4268     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4269     scrolling windows.
4270     """
4271     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4272     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4273     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4274         """
4275         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4276
4277         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4278         scrolling windows.
4279         """
4280         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4281     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4282         """
4283         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4284
4285         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4286         the scrollbar.
4287         """
4288         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4289
4290     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4291         """
4292         GetPosition(self) -> int
4293
4294         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4295         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4296         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4297         """
4298         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4299
4300     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4301         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4302         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4303
4304     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4305         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4306         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4307
4308     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
4309     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
4310 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4311
4312 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4313
4314 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4315 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4316 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4317 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4318 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4319 class MouseEvent(Event):
4320     """
4321     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4322     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4323     mouse move events.
4324
4325     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4326     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4327     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4328     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4329     events from it.
4330
4331     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4332     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4333     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4334     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4335     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4336     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4337     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4338     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4339     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4340     """
4341     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4342     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4343     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4344         """
4345         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4346
4347         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4348
4349             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4350             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4351             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4352             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4353             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4354             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4355             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4356             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4357             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4358             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4359             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4360             * wxEVT_MOTION
4361             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4362         """
4363         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4364     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4365         """
4366         IsButton(self) -> bool
4367
4368         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4369         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4370         """
4371         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4372
4373     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4374         """
4375         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4376
4377         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4378         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4379         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4380         values).
4381         """
4382         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4383
4384     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4385         """
4386         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4387
4388         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4389         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4390         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4391         values).
4392         """
4393         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4394
4395     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4396         """
4397         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4398
4399         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4400         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4401         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4402         """
4403         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4404
4405     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4406         """
4407         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4408
4409         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4410         values of button are:
4411
4412              ====================      =====================================
4413              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4414              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4415              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4416              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4417              ====================      =====================================
4418
4419         """
4420         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4421
4422     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4423         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4424         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4425
4426     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4427         """
4428         GetButton(self) -> int
4429
4430         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4431         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4432         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4433         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4434         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4435         right buttons respectively.
4436         """
4437         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4438
4439     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4440         """
4441         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4442
4443         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4444         """
4445         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4446
4447     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4448         """
4449         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4450
4451         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4452         """
4453         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4454
4455     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4456         """
4457         AltDown(self) -> bool
4458
4459         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4460         """
4461         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4462
4463     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4464         """
4465         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4466
4467         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4468         """
4469         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4470
4471     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4472         """
4473         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4474
4475         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4476         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4477         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4478         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4479         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4480         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4481         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4482         """
4483         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4484
4485     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4486         """
4487         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4488
4489         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4490         """
4491         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4492
4493     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4494         """
4495         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4496
4497         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4498         """
4499         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4500
4501     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4502         """
4503         RightDown(self) -> bool
4504
4505         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4506         """
4507         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4508
4509     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4510         """
4511         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4512
4513         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4514         """
4515         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4516
4517     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4518         """
4519         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4520
4521         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4522         """
4523         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4524
4525     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4526         """
4527         RightUp(self) -> bool
4528
4529         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4530         """
4531         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4532
4533     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4534         """
4535         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4536
4537         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4538         """
4539         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4540
4541     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4542         """
4543         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4544
4545         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4546         """
4547         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4548
4549     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4550         """
4551         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4552
4553         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4554         """
4555         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4556
4557     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4558         """
4559         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4560
4561         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4562         of the current event type.
4563
4564         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4565         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4566         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4567
4568         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4569         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4570         dragging the mouse.
4571         """
4572         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4573
4574     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4575         """
4576         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4577
4578         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4579         of the current event type.
4580         """
4581         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4582
4583     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4584         """
4585         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4586
4587         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4588         of the current event type.
4589         """
4590         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4591
4592     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4593         """
4594         Dragging(self) -> bool
4595
4596         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4597         depressed).
4598         """
4599         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4600
4601     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4602         """
4603         Moving(self) -> bool
4604
4605         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4606         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4607         false and Dragging returns true.
4608         """
4609         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4610
4611     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4612         """
4613         Entering(self) -> bool
4614
4615         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4616         """
4617         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4618
4619     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4620         """
4621         Leaving(self) -> bool
4622
4623         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4624         """
4625         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4626
4627     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4628         """
4629         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4630
4631         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4632         event happened.
4633         """
4634         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4635
4636     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4637         """
4638         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4639
4640         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4641         event happened.
4642         """
4643         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4644
4645     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4646         """
4647         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4648
4649         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4650         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4651         that the window has been scrolled).
4652         """
4653         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4654
4655     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4656         """
4657         GetX(self) -> int
4658
4659         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4660         """
4661         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4662
4663     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4664         """
4665         GetY(self) -> int
4666
4667         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4668         """
4669         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4670
4671     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4672         """
4673         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4674
4675         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4676         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4677         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4678         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4679         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4680         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4681         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4682         """
4683         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4684
4685     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4686         """
4687         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4688
4689         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4690         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4691         should occur for each delta.
4692         """
4693         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4694
4695     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4696         """
4697         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4698
4699         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4700         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4701         """
4702         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4703
4704     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4705         """
4706         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4707
4708         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4709         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4710         """
4711         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4712
4713     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4714     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4715     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4716     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4717     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4718     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4719     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4720     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4721     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4722     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4723     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4724     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4725     Button = property(GetButton,doc="See `GetButton`")
4726     LinesPerAction = property(GetLinesPerAction,doc="See `GetLinesPerAction`")
4727     LogicalPosition = property(GetLogicalPosition,doc="See `GetLogicalPosition`")
4728     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
4729     WheelDelta = property(GetWheelDelta,doc="See `GetWheelDelta`")
4730     WheelRotation = property(GetWheelRotation,doc="See `GetWheelRotation`")
4731     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
4732     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
4733 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4734
4735 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4736
4737 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4738     """
4739     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4740     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4741     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4742     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4743     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4744     """
4745     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4746     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4747     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4748         """
4749         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4750
4751         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4752         """
4753         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4754     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4755         """
4756         GetX(self) -> int
4757
4758         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4759         """
4760         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4761
4762     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4763         """
4764         GetY(self) -> int
4765
4766         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4767         """
4768         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4769
4770     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4771         """
4772         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4773
4774         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4775         """
4776         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4777
4778     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4779         """
4780         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4781
4782         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4783         """
4784         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4785
4786     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4787         """
4788         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4789
4790         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4791         """
4792         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4793
4794     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
4795     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
4796     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
4797 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4798
4799 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4800
4801 class KeyEvent(Event):
4802     """
4803     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4804     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4805     the keyboard focus.
4806
4807     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4808     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4809     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4810     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4811     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4812     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4813     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4814     corresponding to each down one.
4815
4816     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4817     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4818     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4819     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4820     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4821     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4822     example.
4823
4824     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4825     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4826     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4827     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4828     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4829     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4830     well.
4831
4832     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4833     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4834     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4835     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4836     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4837     by the system itself.
4838
4839     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4840     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4841     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4842     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4843
4844     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4845     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4846     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4847     focus.
4848
4849     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4850     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4851     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4852     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4853
4854     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4855     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4856     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4857     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4858
4859     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4860     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4861     work under Windows.
4862
4863     """
4864     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4865     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4866     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4867         """
4868         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4869
4870         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4871             *
4872         """
4873         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4874     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4875         """
4876         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4877
4878         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4879         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4880         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4881         example::
4882
4883             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4884                 DoSomething()
4885
4886         """
4887         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4888
4889     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4890         """
4891         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4892
4893         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4894         """
4895         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4896
4897     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4898         """
4899         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4900
4901         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4902         """
4903         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4904
4905     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4906         """
4907         AltDown(self) -> bool
4908
4909         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4910         """
4911         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4912
4913     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4914         """
4915         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4916
4917         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4918         """
4919         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4920
4921     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4922         """
4923         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4924
4925         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4926         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4927         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4928         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4929         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
4930         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4931         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4932         """
4933         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4934
4935     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4936         """
4937         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
4938
4939         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
4940         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
4941         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
4942         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
4943         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
4944         normally).
4945         """
4946         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4947
4948     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4949         """
4950         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
4951
4952         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
4953         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
4954         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
4955         codes.
4956
4957         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
4958         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
4959         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
4960         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
4961         """
4962         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4963
4964     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4965         """
4966         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
4967
4968         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
4969         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
4970         """
4971         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4972
4973     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
4974     def SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4975         """
4976         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar)
4977
4978         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode
4979         build of wxPython.
4980         """
4981         return _core_.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4982
4983     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4984         """
4985         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
4986
4987         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
4988         scan code which should only be used in advanced
4989         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
4990         ports.
4991         """
4992         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4993
4994     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
4995         """
4996         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
4997
4998         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
4999         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
5000         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
5001         """
5002         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
5003
5004     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5005         """
5006         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5007
5008         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5009         """
5010         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5011
5012     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
5013         """
5014         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
5015
5016         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
5017         """
5018         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
5019
5020     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
5021         """
5022         GetX(self) -> int
5023
5024         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5025         applicable.
5026         """
5027         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
5028
5029     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
5030         """
5031         GetY(self) -> int
5032
5033         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
5034         applicable.
5035         """
5036         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
5037
5038     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
5039     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
5040     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
5041     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
5042     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
5043     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
5044     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
5045     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
5046     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
5047     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
5048     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
5049     Modifiers = property(GetModifiers,doc="See `GetModifiers`")
5050     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5051     RawKeyCode = property(GetRawKeyCode,doc="See `GetRawKeyCode`")
5052     RawKeyFlags = property(GetRawKeyFlags,doc="See `GetRawKeyFlags`")
5053     UnicodeKey = property(GetUnicodeKey,SetUnicodeKey,doc="See `GetUnicodeKey` and `SetUnicodeKey`")
5054     X = property(GetX,doc="See `GetX`")
5055     Y = property(GetY,doc="See `GetY`")
5056 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
5057
5058 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5059
5060 class SizeEvent(Event):
5061     """
5062     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
5063     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
5064     been resized.
5065
5066     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
5067     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
5068     application.
5069
5070     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
5071     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
5072     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
5073     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
5074     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
5075     invalidate the entire window.
5076
5077     """
5078     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5079     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5080     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5081         """
5082         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
5083
5084         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
5085         """
5086         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5087     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5088         """
5089         GetSize(self) -> Size
5090
5091         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
5092         event.
5093         """
5094         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5095
5096     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5097         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5098         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5099
5100     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5101         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5102         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5103
5104     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
5105         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
5106         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
5107
5108     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
5109     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
5110     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5111     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
5112 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
5113
5114 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5115
5116 class MoveEvent(Event):
5117     """
5118     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
5119     moved to a new position.
5120     """
5121     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5122     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5123     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5124         """
5125         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
5126
5127         Constructor.
5128         """
5129         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5130     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5131         """
5132         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5133
5134         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
5135         """
5136         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5137
5138     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5139         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
5140         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5141
5142     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
5143         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
5144         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
5145
5146     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5147         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
5148         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5149
5150     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
5151     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
5152
5153     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
5154     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
5155 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
5156
5157 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5158
5159 class PaintEvent(Event):
5160     """
5161     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
5162     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
5163     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
5164     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
5165     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
5166
5167     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
5168     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
5169     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
5170     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
5171     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
5172     scrolled units.
5173
5174     """
5175     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5176     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5177     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5178         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5179         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5180 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5181
5182 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5183     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5184     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5185     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5186     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5187         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5188         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5189 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5190
5191 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5192
5193 class EraseEvent(Event):
5194     """
5195     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5196     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5197     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5198     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5199
5200     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5201     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5202     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5203
5204     """
5205     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5206     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5207     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5208         """
5209         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5210
5211         Constructor
5212         """
5213         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5214     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5215         """
5216         GetDC(self) -> DC
5217
5218         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5219         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5220         that instead.
5221         """
5222         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5223
5224     DC = property(GetDC,doc="See `GetDC`")
5225 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5226
5227 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5228
5229 class FocusEvent(Event):
5230     """
5231     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5232     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5233     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5234
5235     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5236     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5237     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5238
5239     """
5240     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5241     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5242     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5243         """
5244         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5245
5246         Constructor
5247         """
5248         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5249     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5250         """
5251         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5252
5253         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5254         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5255         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5256
5257         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5258         """
5259         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5260
5261     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5262         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5263         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5264
5265     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
5266 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5267
5268 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5269
5270 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5271     """
5272     A child focus event is sent to a (parent-)window when one of its child
5273     windows gains focus, so that the window could restore the focus back
5274     to its corresponding child if it loses it now and regains later.
5275
5276     Notice that child window is the direct child of the window receiving
5277     the event, and so may not be the actual widget recieving focus if it
5278     is further down the containment heirarchy.  Use `wx.Window.FindFocus`
5279     to get the widget that is actually receiving focus.
5280     """
5281     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5282     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5283     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5284         """
5285         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5286
5287         Constructor
5288         """
5289         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5290     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5291         """
5292         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5293
5294         The window, or (grand)parent of the window which has just received the
5295         focus.
5296         """
5297         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5298
5299     Window = property(GetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow`")
5300 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5301
5302 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5303
5304 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5305     """
5306     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5307     application is being activated or deactivated.
5308
5309     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5310     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5311     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5312     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5313     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5314     application frames being inactive.
5315
5316     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5317     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5318     doing so can result in strange effects.
5319
5320     """
5321     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5322     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5323     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5324         """
5325         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5326
5327         Constructor
5328         """
5329         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5330     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5331         """
5332         GetActive(self) -> bool
5333
5334         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5335         otherwise.
5336         """
5337         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5338
5339     Active = property(GetActive,doc="See `GetActive`")
5340 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5341
5342 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5343
5344 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5345     """
5346     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5347     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5348     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5349     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5350     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5351     """
5352     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5353     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5354     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5355         """
5356         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5357
5358         Constructor
5359         """
5360         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5361 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5362
5363 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5364
5365 class MenuEvent(Event):
5366     """
5367     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5368     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5369     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5370
5371     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5372     text in the first field of the status bar.
5373     """
5374     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5375     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5376     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5377         """
5378         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5379
5380         Constructor
5381         """
5382         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5383     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5384         """
5385         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5386
5387         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5388         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5389         """
5390         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5391
5392     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5393         """
5394         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5395
5396         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5397         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5398         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5399         """
5400         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5401
5402     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5403         """
5404         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5405
5406         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5407         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5408         """
5409         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5410
5411     Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`")
5412     MenuId = property(GetMenuId,doc="See `GetMenuId`")
5413 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5414
5415 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5416
5417 class CloseEvent(Event):
5418     """
5419     This event class contains information about window and session close
5420     events.
5421
5422     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5423     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5424     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5425     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5426     function.
5427
5428     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5429     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5430     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5431     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5432     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5433     files or to cancel the close.
5434
5435     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5436     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5437     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5438     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5439     """
5440     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5441     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5442     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5443         """
5444         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5445
5446         Constructor.
5447         """
5448         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5449     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5450         """
5451         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5452
5453         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5454         """
5455         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5456
5457     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5458         """
5459         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5460
5461         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5462         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5463         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5464         window event.
5465         """
5466         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5467
5468     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5469         """
5470         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5471
5472         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5473         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5474
5475         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5476         """
5477         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5478
5479     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5480         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5481         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5482
5483     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5484         """
5485         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5486
5487         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5488         """
5489         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5490
5491     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5492         """
5493         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5494
5495         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5496         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5497         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5498         must be called to check this.
5499         """
5500         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5501
5502     LoggingOff = property(GetLoggingOff,SetLoggingOff,doc="See `GetLoggingOff` and `SetLoggingOff`")
5503 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5504
5505 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5506
5507 class ShowEvent(Event):
5508     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5509     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5510     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5511     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5512         """
5513         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5514
5515         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5516         """
5517         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5518     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5519         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5520         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5521
5522     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5523         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5524         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5525
5526     Show = property(GetShow,SetShow,doc="See `GetShow` and `SetShow`")
5527 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5528
5529 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5530
5531 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5532     """
5533     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5534     restored.
5535     """
5536     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5537     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5538     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5539         """
5540         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5541
5542         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5543         restored.
5544         """
5545         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5546     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5547         """
5548         Iconized(self) -> bool
5549
5550         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5551         been restored.
5552         """
5553         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5554
5555 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5556
5557 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5558
5559 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5560     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5561     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5562     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5563     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5564         """
5565         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5566
5567         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5568         """
5569         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5570 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5571
5572 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5573
5574 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5575     """
5576     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5577     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5578     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5579     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5580
5581     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5582     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5583     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5584     dropping files.
5585
5586     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5587     events.
5588
5589     """
5590     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5591     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5592     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5593     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5594         """
5595         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5596
5597         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5598         """
5599         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5600
5601     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5602         """
5603         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5604
5605         Returns the number of files dropped.
5606         """
5607         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5608
5609     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5610         """
5611         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5612
5613         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5614         """
5615         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5616
5617     Files = property(GetFiles,doc="See `GetFiles`")
5618     NumberOfFiles = property(GetNumberOfFiles,doc="See `GetNumberOfFiles`")
5619     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
5620 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5621
5622 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5623
5624 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5625 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5626 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5627     """
5628     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5629     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5630     interface elements.
5631
5632     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5633     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5634     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5635     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5636     menu item or button.
5637
5638     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5639     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5640     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5641     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5642     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5643     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5644     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5645
5646     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5647     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5648     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5649     update.
5650
5651     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5652     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5653     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5654
5655     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5656     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5657
5658        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5659           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5660           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5661           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5662           events.
5663
5664        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5665           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5666           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5667           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5668           delay before windows are updated.
5669
5670     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5671     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5672     from an internal idle handler.
5673
5674     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5675     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5676     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5677
5678     """
5679     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5680     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5681     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5682         """
5683         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5684
5685         Constructor
5686         """
5687         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5688     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5689         """
5690         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5691
5692         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5693         """
5694         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5695
5696     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5697         """
5698         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5699
5700         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5701         """
5702         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5703
5704     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5705         """
5706         GetShown(self) -> bool
5707
5708         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5709         """
5710         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5711
5712     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5713         """
5714         GetText(self) -> String
5715
5716         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5717         """
5718         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5719
5720     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5721         """
5722         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5723
5724         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5725         wxWidgets internal use only.
5726         """
5727         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5728
5729     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5730         """
5731         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5732
5733         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5734         internal use only.
5735         """
5736         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5737
5738     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5739         """
5740         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5741
5742         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5743         internal use only.
5744         """
5745         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5746
5747     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5748         """
5749         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5750
5751         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5752         internal use only.
5753         """
5754         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5755
5756     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5757         """
5758         Check(self, bool check)
5759
5760         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5761         """
5762         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5763
5764     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5765         """
5766         Enable(self, bool enable)
5767
5768         Enable or disable the UI element.
5769         """
5770         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5771
5772     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5773         """
5774         Show(self, bool show)
5775
5776         Show or hide the UI element.
5777         """
5778         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5779
5780     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5781         """
5782         SetText(self, String text)
5783
5784         Sets the text for this UI element.
5785         """
5786         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5787
5788     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5789         """
5790         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5791
5792         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5793         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5794         default is 0.
5795
5796         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5797         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5798         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5799         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5800         about to be shown.
5801         """
5802         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5803
5804     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5805     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5806         """
5807         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5808
5809         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5810         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5811         """
5812         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5813
5814     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5815     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5816         """
5817         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5818
5819         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5820         to) this window.
5821
5822         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5823         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5824         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5825         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5826         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5827         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5828         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5829         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5830         interval.
5831
5832         """
5833         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5834
5835     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5836     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5837         """
5838         ResetUpdateTime()
5839
5840         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5841         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5842         is called at the end of idle processing.
5843         """
5844         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5845
5846     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5847     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5848         """
5849         SetMode(int mode)
5850
5851         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5852         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5853
5854         The mode may be one of the following values:
5855
5856             =============================   ==========================================
5857             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5858                                             is the default setting.
5859             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5860                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5861                                             style set.
5862             =============================   ==========================================
5863
5864         """
5865         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5866
5867     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5868     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5869         """
5870         GetMode() -> int
5871
5872         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5873         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5874         events.
5875         """
5876         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5877
5878     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5879 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5880
5881 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5882   """
5883     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5884
5885     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5886     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5887     default is 0.
5888
5889     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5890     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5891     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5892     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5893     about to be shown.
5894     """
5895   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5896
5897 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5898   """
5899     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5900
5901     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5902     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5903     """
5904   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5905
5906 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5907   """
5908     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5909
5910     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5911     to) this window.
5912
5913     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5914     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5915     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5916     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5917     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5918     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5919     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5920     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5921     interval.
5922
5923     """
5924   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5925
5926 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
5927   """
5928     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
5929
5930     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5931     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5932     is called at the end of idle processing.
5933     """
5934   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
5935
5936 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5937   """
5938     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
5939
5940     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5941     to those which specify that they will process the events.
5942
5943     The mode may be one of the following values:
5944
5945         =============================   ==========================================
5946         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5947                                         is the default setting.
5948         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5949                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5950                                         style set.
5951         =============================   ==========================================
5952
5953     """
5954   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5955
5956 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
5957   """
5958     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
5959
5960     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5961     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5962     events.
5963     """
5964   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
5965
5966 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5967
5968 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
5969     """
5970     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
5971     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
5972     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
5973
5974     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
5975     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
5976     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
5977     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
5978     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
5979
5980     """
5981     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5982     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5983     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5984         """
5985         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
5986
5987         Constructor
5988         """
5989         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5990 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
5991
5992 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5993
5994 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
5995     """
5996     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
5997     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
5998     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
5999     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
6000     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
6001
6002     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6003     """
6004     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6005     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6006     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6007         """
6008         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
6009
6010         Constructor
6011         """
6012         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6013     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6014         """
6015         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
6016
6017         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
6018         non-wxWidgets window.
6019         """
6020         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6021
6022     CapturedWindow = property(GetCapturedWindow,doc="See `GetCapturedWindow`")
6023 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
6024
6025 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6026
6027 class MouseCaptureLostEvent(Event):
6028     """
6029     A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6030     capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6031     example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6032     the mouse.
6033
6034     If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6035     capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6036     didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6037     if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6038     ReleaseMouse.
6039
6040     This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6041
6042     """
6043     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6044     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6045     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6046         """
6047         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> MouseCaptureLostEvent
6048
6049         A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse
6050         capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for
6051         example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures
6052         the mouse.
6053
6054         If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the
6055         capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but
6056         didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent
6057         if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or
6058         ReleaseMouse.
6059
6060         This event is currently emitted under Windows only.
6061
6062         """
6063         _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureLostEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6064 _core_.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureLostEvent)
6065
6066 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6067
6068 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
6069     """
6070     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
6071     resolution has changed.
6072
6073     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6074     """
6075     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6076     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6077     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6078         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
6079         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6080 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
6081
6082 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6083
6084 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
6085     """
6086     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6087     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6088     match.
6089
6090     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6091     """
6092     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6093     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6094     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6095         """
6096         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
6097
6098         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
6099         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
6100         match.
6101
6102         This event is implemented under Windows only.
6103         """
6104         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6105     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6106         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
6107         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6108
6109     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6110         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
6111         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6112
6113     ChangedWindow = property(GetChangedWindow,SetChangedWindow,doc="See `GetChangedWindow` and `SetChangedWindow`")
6114 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
6115
6116 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6117
6118 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
6119     """
6120     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
6121     focus and should re-do its palette.
6122
6123     This event is implemented under Windows only.
6124     """
6125     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6126     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6127     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6128         """
6129         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
6130
6131         Constructor.
6132         """
6133         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6134     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6135         """
6136         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
6137
6138         App should set this if it changes the palette.
6139         """
6140         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6141
6142     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
6143         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
6144         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
6145
6146     PaletteRealized = property(GetPaletteRealized,SetPaletteRealized,doc="See `GetPaletteRealized` and `SetPaletteRealized`")
6147 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
6148
6149 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6150
6151 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
6152     """
6153     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
6154     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
6155     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
6156     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
6157     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
6158     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
6159     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
6160     """
6161     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6162     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6163     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6164         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
6165         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6166     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6167         """
6168         GetDirection(self) -> bool
6169
6170         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
6171         """
6172         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6173
6174     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6175         """
6176         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
6177
6178         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
6179         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
6180         """
6181         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6182
6183     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6184         """
6185         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
6186
6187         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
6188         """
6189         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6190
6191     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
6192         """
6193         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
6194
6195         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
6196         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
6197         by using Control-Tab.
6198         """
6199         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
6200
6201     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6202         """
6203         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
6204
6205         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
6206         key.
6207         """
6208         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6209
6210     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
6211         """
6212         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
6213
6214         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
6215         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
6216         """
6217         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
6218
6219     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
6220         """
6221         SetFlags(self, long flags)
6222
6223         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
6224
6225             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
6226             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
6227             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
6228             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
6229
6230         """
6231         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
6232
6233     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6234         """
6235         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6236
6237         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6238         ``None``.
6239         """
6240         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6241
6242     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6243         """
6244         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6245
6246         Set the window that has the focus.
6247         """
6248         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6249
6250     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6251     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6252     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6253     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6254     CurrentFocus = property(GetCurrentFocus,SetCurrentFocus,doc="See `GetCurrentFocus` and `SetCurrentFocus`")
6255     Direction = property(GetDirection,SetDirection,doc="See `GetDirection` and `SetDirection`")
6256 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6257
6258 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6259
6260 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6261     """
6262     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6263     underlying GUI object) exists.
6264     """
6265     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6266     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6267     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6268         """
6269         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6270
6271         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6272         underlying GUI object) exists.
6273         """
6274         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6275     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6276         """
6277         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6278
6279         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6280         """
6281         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6282
6283 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6284
6285 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6286     """
6287     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6288     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6289
6290     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6291     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6292     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6293     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6294     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6295     notification of the destruction of another window.
6296     """
6297     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6298     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6299     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6300         """
6301         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6302
6303         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6304         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6305
6306         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6307         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6308         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6309         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6310         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6311         notification of the destruction of another window.
6312         """
6313         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6314     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6315         """
6316         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6317
6318         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6319         """
6320         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6321
6322 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6323
6324 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6325
6326 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6327     """
6328     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6329     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6330     """
6331     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6332     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6333     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6334         """
6335         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6336
6337         Constructor.
6338         """
6339         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6340     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6341         """
6342         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6343
6344         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6345         be shown.
6346         """
6347         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6348
6349     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6350         """
6351         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6352
6353         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6354         """
6355         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6356
6357     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
6358 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6359
6360 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6361
6362 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6363 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6364 class IdleEvent(Event):
6365     """
6366     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6367     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6368     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6369     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6370     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6371     events and then becomes empty again.
6372
6373     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6374     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6375     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6376     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6377     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6378     to those windows and not to any others.
6379     """
6380     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6381     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6382     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6383         """
6384         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6385
6386         Constructor
6387         """
6388         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6389     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6390         """
6391         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6392
6393         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6394         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6395         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6396         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6397         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6398         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6399         system.
6400         """
6401         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6402
6403     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6404         """
6405         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6406
6407         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6408         requested more processing time.
6409         """
6410         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6411
6412     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6413         """
6414         SetMode(int mode)
6415
6416         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6417         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6418         events.
6419
6420         The mode can be one of the following values:
6421
6422             =========================   ========================================
6423             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6424             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6425                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6426                                         flag set.
6427             =========================   ========================================
6428
6429         """
6430         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6431
6432     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6433     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6434         """
6435         GetMode() -> int
6436
6437         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6438         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6439         will process the events.
6440         """
6441         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6442
6443     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6444     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6445         """
6446         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6447
6448         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6449         window.
6450
6451         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6452         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6453         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6454         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6455         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6456         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6457         """
6458         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6459
6460     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6461 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6462
6463 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6464   """
6465     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6466
6467     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6468     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6469     events.
6470
6471     The mode can be one of the following values:
6472
6473         =========================   ========================================
6474         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6475         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6476                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6477                                     flag set.
6478         =========================   ========================================
6479
6480     """
6481   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6482
6483 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6484   """
6485     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6486
6487     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6488     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6489     will process the events.
6490     """
6491   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6492
6493 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6494   """
6495     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6496
6497     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6498     window.
6499
6500     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6501     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6502     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6503     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6504     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6505     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6506     """
6507   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6508
6509 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6510
6511 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6512     """
6513     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6514     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6515     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6516     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6517     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6518     """
6519     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6520     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6521     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6522         """
6523         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6524
6525         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6526         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6527         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6528         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6529         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6530         """
6531         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6532 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6533
6534 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6535
6536 class PyEvent(Event):
6537     """
6538     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6539     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6540     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6541     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6542     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6543
6544     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6545
6546     """
6547     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6548     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6549     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6550         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6551         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6552         self._SetSelf(self)
6553
6554     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6555     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6556     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6557         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6558         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6559
6560     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6561         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6562         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6563
6564 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6565
6566 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6567     """
6568     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6569     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6570     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6571     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6572     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6573     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6574
6575     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6576
6577     """
6578     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6579     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6580     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6581         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6582         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6583         self._SetSelf(self)
6584
6585     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6586     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6587     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6588         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6589         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6590
6591     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6592         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6593         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6594
6595 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6596
6597 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6598     """
6599     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6600     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6601     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6602     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6603     """
6604     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6605     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6606     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6607         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6608         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6609     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6610         """
6611         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6612
6613         Returns the date.
6614         """
6615         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6616
6617     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6618         """
6619         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6620
6621         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6622         internally.
6623         """
6624         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6625
6626     Date = property(GetDate,SetDate,doc="See `GetDate` and `SetDate`")
6627 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6628
6629 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6630 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6631
6632 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6633
6634 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6635 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6636 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6637 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6638 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6639 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6640 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6641     """
6642     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6643     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6644     """
6645     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6646     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6647     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6648         """
6649         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6650
6651         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6652         """
6653         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6654         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6655         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6656
6657     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6658     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6659     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6660         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6661         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6662
6663     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6664         """
6665         GetAppName(self) -> String
6666
6667         Get the application name.
6668         """
6669         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6670
6671     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6672         """
6673         SetAppName(self, String name)
6674
6675         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6676         `wx.Config` and such.
6677         """
6678         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6679
6680     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6681         """
6682         GetClassName(self) -> String
6683
6684         Get the application's class name.
6685         """
6686         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6687
6688     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6689         """
6690         SetClassName(self, String name)
6691
6692         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6693         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6694         """
6695         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6696
6697     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6698         """
6699         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6700
6701         Get the application's vendor name.
6702         """
6703         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6704
6705     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6706         """
6707         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6708
6709         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6710         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6711         """
6712         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6713
6714     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6715         """
6716         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6717
6718         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6719         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6720         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6721         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6722         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6723         differences behind the common facade.
6724
6725         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6726         """
6727         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6728
6729     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6730         """
6731         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6732
6733         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6734         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6735         during each event loop iteration.
6736         """
6737         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6738
6739     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6740         """
6741         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6742
6743         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6744         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6745         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6746
6747         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6748               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6749               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6750               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6751
6752         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6753
6754         """
6755         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6756
6757     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6758         """
6759         WakeUpIdle(self)
6760
6761         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6762         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6763         """
6764         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6765
6766     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6767         """
6768         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6769
6770         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6771         currently be dispatched.
6772         """
6773         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6774
6775     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6776     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6777         """
6778         MainLoop(self) -> int
6779
6780         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6781         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6782         """
6783         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6784
6785     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6786         """
6787         Exit(self)
6788
6789         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6790         :see: `wx.Exit`
6791         """
6792         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6793
6794     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
6795         """
6796         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
6797
6798         Return the layout direction for the current locale.
6799         """
6800         return _core_.PyApp_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
6801
6802     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6803         """
6804         ExitMainLoop(self)
6805
6806         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6807         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6808         """
6809         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6810
6811     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6812         """
6813         Pending(self) -> bool
6814
6815         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6816         """
6817         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6818
6819     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6820         """
6821         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6822
6823         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6824         appears if there are none currently)
6825         """
6826         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6827
6828     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6829         """
6830         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6831
6832         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6833         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6834         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6835         """
6836         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6837
6838     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6839         """
6840         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6841
6842         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6843         idle time is requested.
6844         """
6845         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6846
6847     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6848         """
6849         IsActive(self) -> bool
6850
6851         Return True if our app has focus.
6852         """
6853         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6854
6855     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6856         """
6857         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6858
6859         Set the *main* top level window
6860         """
6861         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6862
6863     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6864         """
6865         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6866
6867         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6868         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6869         there not any, will return None)
6870         """
6871         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6872
6873     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6874         """
6875         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6876
6877         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6878         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6879         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6880         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6881         explicitly from somewhere.
6882         """
6883         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6884
6885     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6886         """
6887         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6888
6889         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6890         """
6891         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6892
6893     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6894         """
6895         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6896
6897         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6898         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6899         """
6900         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6901
6902     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6903         """
6904         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6905
6906         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6907         """
6908         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6909
6910     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6911         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
6912         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6913
6914     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6915         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
6916         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6917
6918     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6919         """
6920         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
6921
6922         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
6923         """
6924         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6925
6926     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6927         """
6928         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
6929
6930         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
6931         """
6932         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6933
6934     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6935         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6936         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6937
6938     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6939     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6940         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6941         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6942
6943     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6944     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6945         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6946         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6947
6948     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6949     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6950         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6951         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6952
6953     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
6954     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6955         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6956         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6957
6958     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6959     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6960         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6961         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6962
6963     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6964     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6965         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6966         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6967
6968     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6969     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6970         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6971         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6972
6973     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6974     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6975         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6976         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6977
6978     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
6979     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6980         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6981         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6982
6983     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6984     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
6985         """
6986         _BootstrapApp(self)
6987
6988         For internal use only
6989         """
6990         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
6991
6992     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
6993         """
6994         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6995
6996         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6997         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6998         """
6999         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
7000
7001     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
7002     def IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs):
7003         """
7004         IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7005
7006         Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7007         This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7008
7009            * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7010              not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7011              if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7012
7013            * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7014              able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7015              remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7016              of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7017
7018            * On MS Windows...
7019
7020         """
7021         return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args, **kwargs)
7022
7023     IsDisplayAvailable = staticmethod(IsDisplayAvailable)
7024     AppName = property(GetAppName,SetAppName,doc="See `GetAppName` and `SetAppName`")
7025     AssertMode = property(GetAssertMode,SetAssertMode,doc="See `GetAssertMode` and `SetAssertMode`")
7026     ClassName = property(GetClassName,SetClassName,doc="See `GetClassName` and `SetClassName`")
7027     ExitOnFrameDelete = property(GetExitOnFrameDelete,SetExitOnFrameDelete,doc="See `GetExitOnFrameDelete` and `SetExitOnFrameDelete`")
7028     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection`")
7029     PrintMode = property(GetPrintMode,SetPrintMode,doc="See `GetPrintMode` and `SetPrintMode`")
7030     TopWindow = property(GetTopWindow,SetTopWindow,doc="See `GetTopWindow` and `SetTopWindow`")
7031     Traits = property(GetTraits,doc="See `GetTraits`")
7032     UseBestVisual = property(GetUseBestVisual,SetUseBestVisual,doc="See `GetUseBestVisual` and `SetUseBestVisual`")
7033     VendorName = property(GetVendorName,SetVendorName,doc="See `GetVendorName` and `SetVendorName`")
7034     Active = property(IsActive)
7035 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
7036
7037 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
7038   """
7039     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
7040
7041     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
7042     currently be dispatched.
7043     """
7044   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
7045
7046 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
7047   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
7048   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
7049
7050 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
7051   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
7052   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
7053
7054 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
7055   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
7056   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
7057
7058 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
7059   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
7060   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
7061
7062 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
7063   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
7064   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
7065
7066 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
7067   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
7068   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
7069
7070 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7071   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
7072   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7073
7074 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7075   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
7076   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7077
7078 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
7079   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
7080   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
7081
7082 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
7083   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
7084   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
7085
7086 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
7087   """
7088     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
7089
7090     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
7091     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
7092     """
7093   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
7094
7095 def PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args):
7096   """
7097     PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool
7098
7099     Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment.
7100     This will mean different things on the different platforms.
7101
7102        * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is
7103          not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen
7104          if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly.
7105
7106        * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not
7107          able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in
7108          remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead
7109          of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.)
7110
7111        * On MS Windows...
7112
7113     """
7114   return _core_.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args)
7115
7116 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7117
7118
7119 def Exit(*args):
7120   """
7121     Exit()
7122
7123     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
7124     """
7125   return _core_.Exit(*args)
7126
7127 def Yield(*args):
7128   """
7129     Yield() -> bool
7130
7131     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
7132     """
7133   return _core_.Yield(*args)
7134
7135 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
7136   """
7137     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
7138
7139     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
7140     """
7141   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
7142
7143 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
7144   """
7145     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
7146
7147     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
7148     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
7149     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
7150     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
7151     interaction.
7152
7153     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
7154     """
7155   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
7156
7157 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
7158   """
7159     WakeUpIdle()
7160
7161     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
7162     sent.
7163     """
7164   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
7165
7166 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
7167   """
7168     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
7169
7170     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
7171     later.
7172     """
7173   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
7174
7175 def App_CleanUp(*args):
7176   """
7177     App_CleanUp()
7178
7179     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
7180     Python shuts down.
7181     """
7182   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
7183
7184 def GetApp(*args):
7185   """
7186     GetApp() -> PyApp
7187
7188     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
7189     """
7190   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
7191
7192 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
7193   """
7194     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
7195
7196     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
7197     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7198
7199     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
7200     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
7201     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
7202     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
7203     between the common latin/roman encodings.
7204     """
7205   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
7206
7207 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
7208   """
7209     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
7210
7211     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
7212     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
7213     """
7214   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
7215 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7216
7217 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
7218     """
7219     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
7220     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
7221     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
7222     and write the text there.
7223     """
7224     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
7225         self.frame  = None
7226         self.title  = title
7227         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
7228         self.size   = (450, 300)
7229         self.parent = None
7230
7231     def SetParent(self, parent):
7232         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
7233         self.parent = parent
7234
7235
7236     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
7237         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
7238                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
7239         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
7240                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
7241         self.text.AppendText(st)
7242         self.frame.Show(True)
7243         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
7244
7245
7246     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
7247         if self.frame is not None:
7248             self.frame.Destroy()
7249         self.frame = None
7250         self.text  = None
7251
7252
7253     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
7254     def write(self, text):
7255         """
7256         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
7257         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
7258         CallAfter to do the work there.
7259         """
7260         if self.frame is None:
7261             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7262                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
7263             else:
7264                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
7265         else:
7266             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
7267                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
7268             else:
7269                 self.text.AppendText(text)
7270
7271
7272     def close(self):
7273         if self.frame is not None:
7274             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
7275
7276
7277     def flush(self):
7278         pass
7279
7280
7281
7282 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
7283
7284 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
7285
7286 class App(wx.PyApp):
7287     """
7288     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
7289
7290       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
7291         gui toolkit
7292       * set and get application-wide properties
7293       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
7294         and to dispatch events to window instances
7295       * etc.
7296
7297     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
7298     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
7299     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
7300     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
7301
7302     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7303     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7304     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7305
7306     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7307            directly.
7308     """
7309
7310     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7311
7312     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7313                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7314         """
7315         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7316
7317         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7318             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7319             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7320             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7321             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7322             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7323             class of your choosing.)
7324
7325         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7326             redirect is True.
7327
7328         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7329             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7330             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7331             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7332             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7333             toolkit is initialized.
7334
7335         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7336             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7337             GUI apps will.
7338
7339         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7340             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7341             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7342         """
7343
7344         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7345
7346         # make sure we can create a GUI
7347         if not self.IsDisplayAvailable():
7348
7349             if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7350                 msg = """This program needs access to the screen.
7351 Please run with 'pythonw', not 'python', and only when you are logged
7352 in on the main display of your Mac."""
7353
7354             elif wx.Platform == "__WXGTK__":
7355                 msg ="Unable to access the X Display, is $DISPLAY set properly?"
7356
7357             else:
7358                 msg = "Unable to create GUI"
7359                 # TODO: more description is needed for wxMSW...
7360
7361             raise SystemExit(msg)
7362
7363         # This has to be done before OnInit
7364         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7365
7366         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7367         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7368         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7369         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7370         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7371         # expected (depending on platform.)
7372         if clearSigInt:
7373             try:
7374                 import signal
7375                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7376             except:
7377                 pass
7378
7379         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7380         self.stdioWin = None
7381         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7382         if redirect:
7383             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7384
7385         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7386         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7387
7388         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7389         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7390         self._BootstrapApp()
7391
7392
7393     def OnPreInit(self):
7394         """
7395         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7396         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7397         that OnInit is called.
7398         """
7399         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7400
7401
7402     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7403         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7404         destroy(self)
7405
7406     def Destroy(self):
7407         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7408         self.thisown = 0
7409
7410     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7411         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7412         if self.stdioWin:
7413             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7414         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7415
7416
7417     def MainLoop(self):
7418         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7419         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7420         self.RestoreStdio()
7421
7422
7423     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7424         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7425         if filename:
7426             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7427         else:
7428             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7429             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7430
7431
7432     def RestoreStdio(self):
7433         try:
7434             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7435         except:
7436             pass
7437
7438
7439     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7440         """
7441         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7442         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7443         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7444         """
7445         if self.stdioWin:
7446             if title is not None:
7447                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7448             if pos is not None:
7449                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7450             if size is not None:
7451                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7457 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7458 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7459 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7460 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7461 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7462 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7463 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7464 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7465 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7466 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7467 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7468
7469 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7470
7471 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7472     """
7473     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7474     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7475     about OnInit.  For example::
7476
7477         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7478         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7479         frame.Show()
7480         app.MainLoop()
7481
7482     :see: `wx.App`
7483     """
7484
7485     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7486                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7487         """
7488         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7489         """
7490         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7491
7492     def OnInit(self):
7493         return True
7494
7495
7496
7497 # Is anybody using this one?
7498 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7499     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7500         self.size = size
7501         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7502
7503     def OnInit(self):
7504         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7505         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7506         return True
7507
7508     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7509         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7510         self.frame.Show(True)
7511
7512 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7513 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7514 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7515 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7516 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7517
7518 class __wxPyCleanup:
7519     def __init__(self):
7520         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7521     def __del__(self):
7522         self.cleanup()
7523
7524 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7525
7526 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7527 ## import atexit
7528 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7529
7530
7531 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7532
7533 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7534
7535 class EventLoop(object):
7536     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7537     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7538     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7539     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7540         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7541         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7542     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7543     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7544     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7545         """Run(self) -> int"""
7546         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7547
7548     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7549         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7550         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7551
7552     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7553         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7554         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7555
7556     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7557         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7558         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7559
7560     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7561         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7562         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7563
7564     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7565         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7566         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7567
7568     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7569     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7570         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7571         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7572
7573     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7574 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7575
7576 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7577   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7578   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7579
7580 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7581   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7582   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7583
7584 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7585     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7586     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7587     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7588     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7589         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7590         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7591     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7592     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7593 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7594
7595 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7596
7597 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
7598 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
7599 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
7600 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
7601 ACCEL_CMD = _core_.ACCEL_CMD
7602 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7603     """
7604     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7605     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7606     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7607     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7608
7609     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7610     """
7611     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7612     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7613     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7614         """
7615         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7616
7617         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7618         """
7619         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7620     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7621     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7622     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7623         """
7624         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7625
7626         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7627         :see `__init__`
7628         """
7629         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7630
7631     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7632         """
7633         Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
7634
7635         Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
7636         it coulnd't be parsed.
7637         """
7638         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7639
7640     Create = staticmethod(Create)
7641     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7642         """
7643         GetFlags(self) -> int
7644
7645         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7646         """
7647         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7648
7649     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7650         """
7651         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7652
7653         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7654         """
7655         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7656
7657     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7658         """
7659         GetCommand(self) -> int
7660
7661         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7662         """
7663         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7664
7665     def IsOk(*args, **kwargs):
7666         """IsOk(self) -> bool"""
7667         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_IsOk(*args, **kwargs)
7668
7669     def ToString(*args, **kwargs):
7670         """
7671         ToString(self) -> String
7672
7673         Returns a string representation for the this accelerator.  The string
7674         is formatted using the <flags>-<keycode> format where <flags> maybe a
7675         hyphen-separed list of "shift|alt|ctrl"
7676
7677         """
7678         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_ToString(*args, **kwargs)
7679
7680     def FromString(*args, **kwargs):
7681         """
7682         FromString(self, String str) -> bool
7683
7684         Returns true if the given string correctly initialized this object.
7685         """
7686         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_FromString(*args, **kwargs)
7687
7688     Command = property(GetCommand,doc="See `GetCommand`")
7689     Flags = property(GetFlags,doc="See `GetFlags`")
7690     KeyCode = property(GetKeyCode,doc="See `GetKeyCode`")
7691 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7692
7693 def AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs):
7694   """
7695     AcceleratorEntry_Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry
7696
7697     Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if
7698     it coulnd't be parsed.
7699     """
7700   return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7701
7702 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7703     """
7704     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7705     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7706     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7707     supported.
7708     """
7709     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7710     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7711     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7712         """
7713         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7714
7715         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7716         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7717
7718         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7719         """
7720         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7721     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7722     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7723     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
7724         """Ok(self) -> bool"""
7725         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
7726
7727 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7728
7729
7730 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7731   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7732   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7733 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7734
7735 class VisualAttributes(object):
7736     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7737     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7738     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7739     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7740         """
7741         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7742
7743         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7744         """
7745         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7746     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7747     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7748     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7749     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7750     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7751 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7752 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7753 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7754
7755 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7756 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7757 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7758 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7759 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7760 class Window(EvtHandler):
7761     """
7762     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7763     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7764     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7765     appear on screen themselves.
7766
7767     """
7768     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7769     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7770     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7771         """
7772         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7773             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7774
7775         Construct and show a generic Window.
7776         """
7777         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7778         self._setOORInfo(self)
7779
7780     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7781         """
7782         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7783             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7784
7785         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7786         """
7787         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7788
7789     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7790         """
7791         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7792
7793         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7794         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7795         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7796         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7797         """
7798         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7799
7800     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7801         """
7802         Destroy(self) -> bool
7803
7804         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7805         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7806         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7807         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7808         non-existent windows.
7809
7810         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7811         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7812         """
7813         val = _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7814         args[0].thisown = 0
7815         return val
7816
7817     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7818         """
7819         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7820
7821         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7822         destructor.
7823         """
7824         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7825
7826     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7827         """
7828         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7829
7830         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7831         """
7832         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7833
7834     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7835         """
7836         SetLabel(self, String label)
7837
7838         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7839         """
7840         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7841
7842     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7843         """
7844         GetLabel(self) -> String
7845
7846         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7847         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7848         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7849         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7850         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7851         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7852         """
7853         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7854
7855     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7856         """
7857         SetName(self, String name)
7858
7859         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7860         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7861         """
7862         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7863
7864     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7865         """
7866         GetName(self) -> String
7867
7868         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7869         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7870         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7871         """
7872         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7873
7874     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7875         """
7876         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7877
7878         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7879         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7880         """
7881         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7882
7883     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7884         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7885         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7886
7887     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7888         """
7889         SetId(self, int winid)
7890
7891         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7892         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7893         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7894         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7895         """
7896         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7897
7898     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7899         """
7900         GetId(self) -> int
7901
7902         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7903         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7904         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7905         generated.
7906         """
7907         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7908
7909     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7910         """
7911         NewControlId() -> int
7912
7913         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
7914         """
7915         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7916
7917     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
7918     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7919         """
7920         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
7921
7922         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
7923         autogenerated) id
7924         """
7925         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7926
7927     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
7928     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7929         """
7930         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
7931
7932         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
7933         autogenerated) id
7934         """
7935         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7936
7937     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
7938     def GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
7939         """
7940         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int
7941
7942         Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.  Returns
7943         ``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.
7944         """
7945         return _core_.Window_GetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
7946
7947     def SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
7948         """
7949         SetLayoutDirection(self, int dir)
7950
7951         Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.
7952         """
7953         return _core_.Window_SetLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
7954
7955     def AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs):
7956         """
7957         AdjustForLayoutDirection(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int
7958
7959         Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the
7960         mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.
7961         """
7962         return _core_.Window_AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args, **kwargs)
7963
7964     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7965         """
7966         SetSize(self, Size size)
7967
7968         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7969         """
7970         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7971
7972     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
7973         """
7974         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7975
7976         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
7977         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
7978         equal to -1.
7979
7980             ========================  ======================================
7981             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
7982                                       default should be used.
7983             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
7984                                       -1 values are supplied.
7985             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
7986                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
7987                                       default values.
7988             ========================  ======================================
7989
7990         """
7991         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
7992
7993     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7994         """
7995         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7996
7997         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
7998         """
7999         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8000
8001     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8002         """
8003         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8004
8005         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
8006         """
8007         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8008
8009     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
8010         """
8011         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8012
8013         Moves the window to the given position.
8014         """
8015         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
8016
8017     SetPosition = Move
8018     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
8019         """
8020         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
8021
8022         Moves the window to the given position.
8023         """
8024         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
8025
8026     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
8027         """
8028         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
8029
8030         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
8031         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
8032         """
8033         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
8034
8035     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
8036         """
8037         Raise(self)
8038
8039         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
8040         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
8041         """
8042         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
8043
8044     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
8045         """
8046         Lower(self)
8047
8048         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
8049         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
8050         """
8051         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
8052
8053     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8054         """
8055         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
8056
8057         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8058         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8059         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8060         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8061         around panel items, for example.
8062         """
8063         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8064
8065     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8066         """
8067         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
8068
8069         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8070         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8071         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8072         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8073         around panel items, for example.
8074         """
8075         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8076
8077     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8078         """
8079         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
8080
8081         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
8082         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
8083         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
8084         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
8085         around panel items, for example.
8086         """
8087         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8088
8089     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8090         """
8091         GetPosition(self) -> Point
8092
8093         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8094         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8095         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8096         kinds of windows.
8097         """
8098         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8099
8100     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8101         """
8102         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8103
8104         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
8105         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
8106         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
8107         kinds of windows.
8108         """
8109         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8110
8111     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
8112         """
8113         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
8114
8115         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8116         """
8117         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
8118
8119     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8120         """
8121         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
8122
8123         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
8124         """
8125         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8126
8127     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
8128         """
8129         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
8130
8131         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
8132         a `wx.Rect` object.
8133         """
8134         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
8135
8136     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
8137         """
8138         GetSize(self) -> Size
8139
8140         Get the window size.
8141         """
8142         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
8143
8144     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8145         """
8146         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8147
8148         Get the window size.
8149         """
8150         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8151
8152     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
8153         """
8154         GetRect(self) -> Rect
8155
8156         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
8157         """
8158         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
8159
8160     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
8161         """
8162         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
8163
8164         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8165         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8166         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8167         """
8168         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
8169
8170     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8171         """
8172         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8173
8174         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
8175         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
8176         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
8177         """
8178         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8179
8180     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
8181         """
8182         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
8183
8184         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
8185         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
8186         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
8187         """
8188         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
8189
8190     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8191         """
8192         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
8193
8194         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
8195         """
8196         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8197
8198     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8199         """
8200         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
8201
8202         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8203         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8204         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8205         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8206         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8207         after calling Fit.
8208         """
8209         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8210
8211     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8212         """
8213         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8214
8215         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
8216         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
8217         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
8218         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
8219         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
8220         after calling Fit.
8221         """
8222         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8223
8224     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8225         """
8226         InvalidateBestSize(self)
8227
8228         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
8229         time it is needed.
8230         """
8231         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8232
8233     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8234         """
8235         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
8236
8237         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
8238         some properties of the window change.)
8239         """
8240         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8241
8242     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
8243         """
8244         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
8245
8246         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
8247         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
8248         the results.
8249
8250         """
8251         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
8252
8253     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
8254         """
8255         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
8256
8257         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
8258         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
8259         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
8260         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
8261         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
8262         tolerate.
8263         """
8264         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
8265
8266     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
8267         """
8268         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
8269
8270         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
8271         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
8272         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
8273         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
8274         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
8275         relative to the screen.
8276         """
8277         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
8278
8279     Centre = Center
8280     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
8281         """
8282         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
8283
8284         Center with respect to the the parent window
8285         """
8286         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
8287
8288     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
8289     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
8290         """
8291         Fit(self)
8292
8293         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
8294         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
8295         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
8296         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
8297         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
8298         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
8299         instead of calling Fit.
8300         """
8301         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
8302
8303     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
8304         """
8305         FitInside(self)
8306
8307         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
8308         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
8309         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
8310         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
8311         anything if there are no subwindows.
8312         """
8313         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
8314
8315     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8316         """
8317         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
8318             int incH=-1)
8319
8320         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8321         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8322         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8323         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8324         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8325         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8326
8327         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8328         """
8329         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8330
8331     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8332         """
8333         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
8334
8335         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
8336         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
8337         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
8338         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
8339         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
8340         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
8341
8342         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
8343         """
8344         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8345
8346     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
8347         """
8348         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
8349
8350         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8351         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8352         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8353         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8354         """
8355         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
8356
8357     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
8358         """
8359         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
8360
8361         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
8362         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
8363         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
8364         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
8365         """
8366         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
8367
8368     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8369         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
8370         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8371
8372     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8373         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
8374         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8375
8376     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
8377         """
8378         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
8379
8380         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8381         min size.
8382         """
8383         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8384
8385     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8386         """
8387         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8388
8389         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8390         max size.
8391         """
8392         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8393
8394     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8395         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8396         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8397
8398     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8399         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8400         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8401
8402     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8403         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8404         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8405
8406     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8407         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8408         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8409
8410     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8411         """
8412         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8413
8414         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8415         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8416         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8417         """
8418         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8419
8420     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8421         """
8422         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8423
8424         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8425         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8426         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8427         """
8428         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8429
8430     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8431         """
8432         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8433
8434         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8435         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8436         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8437         """
8438         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8439
8440     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8441         """
8442         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8443
8444         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8445         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8446         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8447         """
8448         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8449
8450     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8451         """
8452         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8453
8454         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8455         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8456         """
8457         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8458
8459     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8460         """
8461         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8462
8463         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8464         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8465         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8466         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8467         because it already was in the requested state.
8468         """
8469         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8470
8471     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8472         """
8473         Hide(self) -> bool
8474
8475         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8476         """
8477         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8478
8479     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8480         """
8481         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8482
8483         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8484         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8485         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8486         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8487         window had already been in the specified state.
8488         """
8489         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8490
8491     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8492         """
8493         Disable(self) -> bool
8494
8495         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8496         """
8497         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8498
8499     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8500         """
8501         IsShown(self) -> bool
8502
8503         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8504         """
8505         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8506
8507     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8508         """
8509         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8510
8511         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8512         """
8513         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8514
8515     def IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs):
8516         """
8517         IsShownOnScreen(self) -> bool
8518
8519         Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,
8520         i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are
8521         shown as well.
8522         """
8523         return _core_.Window_IsShownOnScreen(*args, **kwargs)
8524
8525     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8526         """
8527         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8528
8529         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8530         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8531         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8532         immediately.
8533         """
8534         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8535
8536     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8537         """
8538         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8539
8540         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8541         method.
8542         """
8543         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8544
8545     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8546     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8547         """
8548         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8549
8550         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8551         """
8552         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8553
8554     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8555         """
8556         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8557
8558         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8559         windows are only available on X platforms.
8560         """
8561         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8562
8563     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8564         """
8565         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8566
8567         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8568         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8569         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8570         """
8571         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8572
8573     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8574         """
8575         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8576
8577         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8578         """
8579         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8580
8581     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8582         """
8583         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8584
8585         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8586         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8587         effect.
8588         """
8589         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8590
8591     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8592         """
8593         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8594
8595         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8596          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8597          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8598          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8599          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8600          user's selected theme.
8601
8602         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8603         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8604         """
8605         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8606
8607     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8608         """
8609         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8610
8611         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8612         """
8613         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8614
8615     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8616         """
8617         SetFocus(self)
8618
8619         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8620         """
8621         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8622
8623     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8624         """
8625         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8626
8627         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8628         only called internally.
8629         """
8630         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8631
8632     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8633         """
8634         FindFocus() -> Window
8635
8636         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8637         or None.
8638         """
8639         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8640
8641     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8642     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8643         """
8644         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8645
8646         Can this window have focus?
8647         """
8648         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8649
8650     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8651         """
8652         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8653
8654         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8655         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8656         it.
8657         """
8658         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8659
8660     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8661         """
8662         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8663
8664         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8665         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8666         """
8667         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8668
8669     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8670         """
8671         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8672
8673         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8674         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8675         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8676
8677         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8678         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8679         windows.
8680
8681         """
8682         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8683
8684     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8685         """
8686         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8687
8688         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8689         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8690         """
8691         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8692
8693     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8694         """
8695         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8696
8697         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8698         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8699         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8700         do not change.
8701         """
8702         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8703
8704     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8705         """
8706         GetParent(self) -> Window
8707
8708         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8709         """
8710         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8711
8712     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8713         """
8714         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8715
8716         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8717         isn't one.
8718         """
8719         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8720
8721     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8722         """
8723         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8724
8725         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8726         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8727         if they have a parent window).
8728         """
8729         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8730
8731     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8732         """
8733         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8734
8735         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8736         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8737         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8738         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8739         oldParent)
8740         """
8741         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8742
8743     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8744         """
8745         AddChild(self, Window child)
8746
8747         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8748         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8749         """
8750         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8751
8752     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8753         """
8754         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8755
8756         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8757         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8758         programmer.
8759         """
8760         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8761
8762     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
8763         """
8764         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
8765
8766         Currently wxGTK2 only.
8767         """
8768         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
8769
8770     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8771         """
8772         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8773
8774         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8775         """
8776         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8777
8778     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8779         """
8780         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8781
8782         Find a child of this window by name
8783         """
8784         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8785
8786     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8787         """
8788         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8789
8790         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8791         its own event handler.
8792         """
8793         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8794
8795     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8796         """
8797         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8798
8799         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8800         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window.  (In other
8801         words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.)  By
8802         default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may
8803         wish to substitute another, for example to allow central
8804         implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window
8805         classes.
8806
8807         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8808         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8809         handler is handed off to the next one in the chain.
8810         """
8811         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8812
8813     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8814         """
8815         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8816
8817         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8818         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8819         sent to a window.  (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to
8820         handler function.)  By default, the window is its own event handler,
8821         but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to
8822         allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of
8823         different window classes.
8824
8825         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8826         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8827         handed to the next one in the chain.  Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler`
8828         to remove the event handler.  Ownership of the handler is *not* given
8829         to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the
8830         window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call
8831         its Destroy method yourself.
8832         """
8833         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8834
8835     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8836         """
8837         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8838
8839         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8840         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8841         destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead.
8842         """
8843         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8844
8845     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8846         """
8847         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8848
8849         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8850         delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found
8851         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8852         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8853         there.)
8854         """
8855         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8856
8857     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8858         """
8859         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8860
8861         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8862         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8863         type.
8864         """
8865         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8866
8867     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8868         """
8869         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8870
8871         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8872         there is none.
8873         """
8874         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8875
8876     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8877         """
8878         Validate(self) -> bool
8879
8880         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8881         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8882         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8883         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8884         """
8885         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8886
8887     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8888         """
8889         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8890
8891         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8892         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8893         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8894         all child windows.
8895         """
8896         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8897
8898     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8899         """
8900         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8901
8902         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8903         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8904         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8905         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8906         """
8907         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8908
8909     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8910         """
8911         InitDialog(self)
8912
8913         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
8914         to the dialog via validators.
8915         """
8916         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8917
8918     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8919         """
8920         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
8921
8922         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
8923         """
8924         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8925
8926     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8927         """
8928         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
8929
8930         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
8931         """
8932         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8933
8934     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8935         """
8936         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
8937
8938         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
8939         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
8940         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
8941         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
8942         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
8943         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
8944         hotkey was registered successfully.
8945         """
8946         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8947
8948     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8949         """
8950         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
8951
8952         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
8953         """
8954         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8955
8956     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8957         """
8958         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
8959
8960         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8961         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8962         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8963         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8964         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8965         then divided by 8.
8966         """
8967         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8968
8969     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8970         """
8971         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
8972
8973         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8974         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8975         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8976         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8977         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8978         then divided by 8.
8979         """
8980         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8981
8982     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
8983         """
8984         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
8985
8986         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8987         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8988         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8989         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8990         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8991         then divided by 8.
8992         """
8993         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
8994
8995     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
8996         """
8997         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
8998
8999         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
9000         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
9001         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
9002         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
9003         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
9004         then divided by 8.
9005         """
9006         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
9007
9008     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9009         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
9010         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9011
9012     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
9013         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
9014         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
9015
9016     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
9017         """
9018         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
9019
9020         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
9021
9022         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
9023         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
9024         """
9025         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
9026
9027     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9028         """
9029         CaptureMouse(self)
9030
9031         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
9032         release the capture.
9033
9034         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
9035         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
9036         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
9037         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
9038         release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window
9039         receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.
9040
9041         Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some
9042         operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this
9043         operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not
9044         recapture mouse.
9045         """
9046         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9047
9048     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
9049         """
9050         ReleaseMouse(self)
9051
9052         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
9053         """
9054         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
9055
9056     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9057         """
9058         GetCapture() -> Window
9059
9060         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9061         """
9062         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9063
9064     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
9065     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
9066         """
9067         HasCapture(self) -> bool
9068
9069         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
9070         """
9071         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
9072
9073     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
9074         """
9075         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
9076
9077         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
9078         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
9079         to the window.
9080         """
9081         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
9082
9083     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
9084         """
9085         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
9086
9087         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
9088         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
9089         """
9090         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
9091
9092     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
9093         """
9094         Update(self)
9095
9096         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
9097         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
9098         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
9099         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
9100         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh
9101         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
9102         it) unconditionally.
9103         """
9104         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
9105
9106     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9107         """
9108         ClearBackground(self)
9109
9110         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
9111         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
9112         """
9113         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9114
9115     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
9116         """
9117         Freeze(self)
9118
9119         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
9120         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
9121         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
9122         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
9123         been undone.
9124
9125         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
9126         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
9127         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
9128         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
9129         mandatory directive.
9130         """
9131         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
9132
9133     def IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs):
9134         """
9135         IsFrozen(self) -> bool
9136
9137         Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.
9138
9139         :see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`
9140         """
9141         return _core_.Window_IsFrozen(*args, **kwargs)
9142
9143     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
9144         """
9145         Thaw(self)
9146
9147         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
9148         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
9149         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
9150         """
9151         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
9152
9153     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
9154         """
9155         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
9156
9157         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
9158         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
9159         scroll position.
9160         """
9161         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
9162
9163     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
9164         """
9165         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
9166
9167         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
9168         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
9169         """
9170         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
9171
9172     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
9173         """
9174         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
9175
9176         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
9177         """
9178         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
9179
9180     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
9181         """
9182         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
9183
9184         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9185         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9186         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9187         exposed.
9188         """
9189         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
9190
9191     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9192         """
9193         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
9194
9195         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9196         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9197         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9198         exposed.
9199         """
9200         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9201
9202     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
9203         """
9204         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
9205
9206         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
9207         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
9208         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
9209         exposed.
9210         """
9211         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
9212
9213     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9214         """
9215         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
9216
9217         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
9218         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
9219         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
9220         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
9221         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9222         """
9223         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9224
9225     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9226         """
9227         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9228
9229         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9230         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9231         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9232         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9233         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9234
9235         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9236         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9237         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9238         this.
9239         """
9240         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9241
9242     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
9243     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9244         """
9245         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9246
9247         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
9248         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
9249         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
9250         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
9251         to the default background colour.
9252
9253         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
9254         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
9255         calling this function.
9256
9257         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
9258         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
9259         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
9260         applications on the system.
9261         """
9262         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9263
9264     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9265         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9266         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9267
9268     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9269         """
9270         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
9271
9272         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
9273         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
9274         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
9275         not be used at all.
9276         """
9277         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9278
9279     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9280         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
9281         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9282
9283     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9284         """
9285         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
9286
9287         Returns the background colour of the window.
9288         """
9289         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9290
9291     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9292         """
9293         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
9294
9295         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
9296         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
9297         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
9298         """
9299         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9300
9301     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
9302         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
9303         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
9304
9305     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
9306         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
9307         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
9308
9309     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9310         """
9311         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
9312
9313         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
9314         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
9315
9316             ======================  ========================================
9317             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
9318                                     be determined by the system
9319             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
9320             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
9321                                     application.
9322             ======================  ========================================
9323
9324         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
9325         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
9326         no effect on other platforms.
9327
9328         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
9329         """
9330         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9331
9332     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9333         """
9334         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
9335
9336         Returns the background style of the window.
9337
9338         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
9339         """
9340         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9341
9342     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
9343         """
9344         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
9345
9346         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
9347         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
9348         background.
9349
9350         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
9351         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
9352         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
9353         correctly.
9354         """
9355         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
9356
9357     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9358         """
9359         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
9360
9361         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
9362         for the children of the window implicitly.
9363
9364         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
9365         be reset back to default.
9366         """
9367         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9368
9369     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
9370         """
9371         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
9372
9373         Return the cursor associated with this window.
9374         """
9375         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
9376
9377     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9378         """
9379         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
9380
9381         Sets the font for this window.
9382         """
9383         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9384
9385     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
9386         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
9387         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
9388
9389     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9390         """
9391         GetFont(self) -> Font
9392
9393         Returns the default font used for this window.
9394         """
9395         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9396
9397     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9398         """
9399         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9400
9401         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9402         """
9403         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9404
9405     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9406         """
9407         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9408
9409         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9410         """
9411         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9412
9413     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9414         """
9415         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9416
9417         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9418         """
9419         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9420
9421     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9422         """
9423         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9424
9425         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9426         """
9427         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9428
9429     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9430         """
9431         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9432
9433         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9434         """
9435         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9436
9437     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9438         """
9439         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9440            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9441
9442         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9443         current or specified font.
9444         """
9445         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9446
9447     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9448         """
9449         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9450
9451         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9452         """
9453         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9454
9455     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9456         """
9457         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9458
9459         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9460         """
9461         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9462
9463     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9464         """
9465         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9466
9467         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9468         """
9469         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9470
9471     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9472         """
9473         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9474
9475         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9476         """
9477         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9478
9479     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9480         """
9481         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9482
9483         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9484         """
9485         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9486
9487     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9488         """
9489         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9490
9491         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9492         """
9493         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9494
9495     def GetBorder(*args):
9496         """
9497         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9498         GetBorder(self) -> int
9499
9500         Get border for the flags of this window
9501         """
9502         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9503
9504     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9505         """
9506         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9507
9508         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9509         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9510         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9511         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9512         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9513         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9514         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9515         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9516         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9517         in idle time.
9518         """
9519         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9520
9521     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9522         """
9523         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9524
9525         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9526         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9527         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9528         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9529         mouse cursor will be used.
9530         """
9531         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9532
9533     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9534         """
9535         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9536
9537         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9538         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9539         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9540         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9541         mouse cursor will be used.
9542         """
9543         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9544
9545     def HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs):
9546         """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool"""
9547         return _core_.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args, **kwargs)
9548
9549     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9550         """
9551         GetHandle(self) -> long
9552
9553         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9554         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9555         toplevel parent of the window.
9556         """
9557         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9558
9559     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9560         """
9561         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9562
9563         Associate the window with a new native handle
9564         """
9565         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9566
9567     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9568         """
9569         DissociateHandle(self)
9570
9571         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9572         """
9573         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9574
9575     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9576         """
9577         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9578
9579         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9580         """
9581         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9582
9583     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9584         """
9585         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9586             bool refresh=True)
9587
9588         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9589         """
9590         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9591
9592     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9593         """
9594         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9595
9596         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9597         """
9598         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9599
9600     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9601         """
9602         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9603
9604         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9605         """
9606         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9607
9608     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9609         """
9610         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9611
9612         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9613         """
9614         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9615
9616     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9617         """
9618         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9619
9620         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9621         """
9622         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9623
9624     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9625         """
9626         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9627
9628         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9629         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9630         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9631         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9632         """
9633         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9634
9635     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9636         """
9637         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9638
9639         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9640         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9641         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9642         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9643         """
9644         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9645
9646     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9647         """
9648         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9649
9650         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9651         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9652         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9653         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9654         """
9655         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9656
9657     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9658         """
9659         LineUp(self) -> bool
9660
9661         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9662         """
9663         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9664
9665     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9666         """
9667         LineDown(self) -> bool
9668
9669         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9670         """
9671         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9672
9673     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9674         """
9675         PageUp(self) -> bool
9676
9677         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9678         """
9679         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9680
9681     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9682         """
9683         PageDown(self) -> bool
9684
9685         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9686         """
9687         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9688
9689     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9690         """
9691         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9692
9693         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9694         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9695         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9696         """
9697         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9698
9699     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9700         """
9701         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9702
9703         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9704         one.
9705         """
9706         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9707
9708     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
9709         """
9710         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String
9711
9712         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.
9713
9714         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
9715         and this method should return the global window help text then
9716
9717         """
9718         return _core_.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
9719
9720     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9721         """
9722         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9723
9724         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9725         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9726         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9727         """
9728         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9729
9730     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9731         """
9732         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9733
9734         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9735         """
9736         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9737
9738     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9739         """
9740         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9741
9742         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9743         """
9744         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9745
9746     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9747         """
9748         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9749
9750         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9751         """
9752         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9753
9754     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9755         """
9756         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9757
9758         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9759         a drop target, it is deleted.
9760         """
9761         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9762
9763     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9764         """
9765         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9766
9767         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9768         """
9769         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9770
9771     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9772         """
9773         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9774
9775         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9776         Only functional on Windows.
9777         """
9778         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9779
9780     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9781         """
9782         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9783
9784         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9785         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9786         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9787         constraints.
9788
9789         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9790         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9791         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9792         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9793         effect.
9794         """
9795         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9796
9797     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9798         """
9799         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9800
9801         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9802         are none.
9803         """
9804         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9805
9806     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9807         """
9808         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9809
9810         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9811         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9812         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9813         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9814
9815         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9816         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9817         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9818         """
9819         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9820
9821     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9822         """
9823         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9824
9825         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9826         """
9827         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9828
9829     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9830         """
9831         Layout(self) -> bool
9832
9833         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9834         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9835         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9836         handler when the window is resized.
9837         """
9838         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9839
9840     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9841         """
9842         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9843
9844         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9845         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9846         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9847         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9848         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9849         non-None, and False otherwise.
9850         """
9851         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9852
9853     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9854         """
9855         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9856
9857         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9858         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9859         """
9860         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9861
9862     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9863         """
9864         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9865
9866         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9867         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9868         """
9869         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9870
9871     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9872         """
9873         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9874
9875         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9876         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9877         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9878         """
9879         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9880
9881     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9882         """
9883         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9884
9885         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9886         """
9887         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9888
9889     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9890         """
9891         InheritAttributes(self)
9892
9893         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9894         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9895         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9896         colours.
9897
9898         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
9899         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
9900         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
9901         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
9902         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
9903         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
9904         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
9905         no matter what and only the font might.
9906
9907         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
9908         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
9909         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
9910         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
9911         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
9912         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
9913         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
9914         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
9915         parents attributes.
9916
9917         """
9918         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9919
9920     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
9921         """
9922         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
9923
9924         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
9925         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
9926         from the parent window.
9927
9928         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
9929         wxControl where it returns true.
9930         """
9931         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
9932
9933     def CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
9934         """
9935         CanSetTransparent(self) -> bool
9936
9937         Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for
9938         this window.  Note that this method will err on the side of caution,
9939         so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact
9940         possible to set the transparency.
9941
9942         NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite
9943         extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such
9944         as xcompmgr) running.
9945         """
9946         return _core_.Window_CanSetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
9947
9948     def SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
9949         """
9950         SetTransparent(self, byte alpha) -> bool
9951
9952         Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,
9953         returns True on success.  The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the
9954         range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully
9955         opaque.
9956         """
9957         return _core_.Window_SetTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
9958
9959     def PostCreate(self, pre):
9960         """
9961         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
9962         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
9963         """
9964         self.this = pre.this
9965         self.thisown = pre.thisown
9966         pre.thisown = 0
9967         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
9968             self._setOORInfo(self)
9969         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
9970             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
9971
9972     def SendSizeEvent(self):
9973         self.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
9974
9975     AcceleratorTable = property(GetAcceleratorTable,SetAcceleratorTable,doc="See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`")
9976     AdjustedBestSize = property(GetAdjustedBestSize,doc="See `GetAdjustedBestSize`")
9977     AutoLayout = property(GetAutoLayout,SetAutoLayout,doc="See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`")
9978     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
9979     BackgroundStyle = property(GetBackgroundStyle,SetBackgroundStyle,doc="See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`")
9980     BestFittingSize = property(GetBestFittingSize,SetBestFittingSize,doc="See `GetBestFittingSize` and `SetBestFittingSize`")
9981     BestSize = property(GetBestSize,doc="See `GetBestSize`")
9982     BestVirtualSize = property(GetBestVirtualSize,doc="See `GetBestVirtualSize`")
9983     Border = property(GetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder`")
9984     Caret = property(GetCaret,SetCaret,doc="See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`")
9985     CharHeight = property(GetCharHeight,doc="See `GetCharHeight`")
9986     CharWidth = property(GetCharWidth,doc="See `GetCharWidth`")
9987     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
9988     ClientAreaOrigin = property(GetClientAreaOrigin,doc="See `GetClientAreaOrigin`")
9989     ClientRect = property(GetClientRect,SetClientRect,doc="See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`")
9990     ClientSize = property(GetClientSize,SetClientSize,doc="See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`")
9991     Constraints = property(GetConstraints,SetConstraints,doc="See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`")
9992     ContainingSizer = property(GetContainingSizer,SetContainingSizer,doc="See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`")
9993     Cursor = property(GetCursor,SetCursor,doc="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")
9994     DefaultAttributes = property(GetDefaultAttributes,doc="See `GetDefaultAttributes`")
9995     DropTarget = property(GetDropTarget,SetDropTarget,doc="See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`")
9996     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
9997     ExtraStyle = property(GetExtraStyle,SetExtraStyle,doc="See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`")
9998     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
9999     ForegroundColour = property(GetForegroundColour,SetForegroundColour,doc="See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`")
10000     GrandParent = property(GetGrandParent,doc="See `GetGrandParent`")
10001     Handle = property(GetHandle,doc="See `GetHandle`")
10002     HelpText = property(GetHelpText,SetHelpText,doc="See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`")
10003     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
10004     Label = property(GetLabel,SetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`")
10005     LayoutDirection = property(GetLayoutDirection,SetLayoutDirection,doc="See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`")
10006     MaxHeight = property(GetMaxHeight,doc="See `GetMaxHeight`")
10007     MaxSize = property(GetMaxSize,SetMaxSize,doc="See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`")
10008     MaxWidth = property(GetMaxWidth,doc="See `GetMaxWidth`")
10009     MinHeight = property(GetMinHeight,doc="See `GetMinHeight`")
10010     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
10011     MinWidth = property(GetMinWidth,doc="See `GetMinWidth`")
10012     Name = property(GetName,SetName,doc="See `GetName` and `SetName`")
10013     Parent = property(GetParent,doc="See `GetParent`")
10014     Position = property(GetPosition,SetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")
10015     Rect = property(GetRect,SetRect,doc="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")
10016     ScreenPosition = property(GetScreenPosition,doc="See `GetScreenPosition`")
10017     ScreenRect = property(GetScreenRect,doc="See `GetScreenRect`")
10018     Size = property(GetSize,SetSize,doc="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")
10019     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
10020     ThemeEnabled = property(GetThemeEnabled,SetThemeEnabled,doc="See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`")
10021     ToolTip = property(GetToolTip,SetToolTip,doc="See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`")
10022     UpdateClientRect = property(GetUpdateClientRect,doc="See `GetUpdateClientRect`")
10023     UpdateRegion = property(GetUpdateRegion,doc="See `GetUpdateRegion`")
10024     Validator = property(GetValidator,SetValidator,doc="See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`")
10025     VirtualSize = property(GetVirtualSize,SetVirtualSize,doc="See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`")
10026     WindowStyle = property(GetWindowStyle,SetWindowStyle,doc="See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`")
10027     WindowStyleFlag = property(GetWindowStyleFlag,SetWindowStyleFlag,doc="See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`")
10028     WindowVariant = property(GetWindowVariant,SetWindowVariant,doc="See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`")
10029     Shown = property(IsShown,Show,doc="See `IsShown` and `Show`")
10030     Enabled = property(IsEnabled,Enable,doc="See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`")
10031     TopLevel = property(IsTopLevel,doc="See `IsTopLevel`")
10032 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
10033
10034 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10035     """
10036     PreWindow() -> Window
10037
10038     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
10039     """
10040     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10041     return val
10042
10043 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
10044   """
10045     Window_NewControlId() -> int
10046
10047     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
10048     """
10049   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
10050
10051 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10052   """
10053     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
10054
10055     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
10056     autogenerated) id
10057     """
10058   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10059
10060 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
10061   """
10062     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
10063
10064     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
10065     autogenerated) id
10066     """
10067   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
10068
10069 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
10070   """
10071     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
10072
10073     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
10074     or None.
10075     """
10076   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
10077
10078 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
10079   """
10080     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
10081
10082     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
10083     """
10084   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
10085
10086 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10087   """
10088     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10089
10090     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10091     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10092     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10093     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10094     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10095
10096     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10097     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10098     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10099     this.
10100     """
10101   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10102
10103 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
10104     """
10105     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
10106     dialog units to pixel units.
10107     """
10108     if y is None:
10109         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
10110     else:
10111         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
10112
10113 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
10114     """
10115     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
10116     dialog units to pixel units.
10117     """
10118     if height is None:
10119         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
10120     else:
10121         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
10122
10123
10124 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
10125   """
10126     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
10127
10128     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
10129     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
10130     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10131     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10132     """
10133   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
10134
10135 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
10136   """
10137     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
10138
10139     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
10140     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
10141     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
10142     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
10143     cases.
10144
10145     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
10146     """
10147   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
10148
10149 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10150   """
10151     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
10152
10153     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
10154     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
10155     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
10156     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
10157     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
10158     """
10159   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10160
10161 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
10162   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
10163   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
10164
10165 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
10166   """
10167     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
10168
10169     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
10170     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
10171     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
10172     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
10173
10174     """
10175   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
10176 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10177
10178 class Validator(EvtHandler):
10179     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
10180     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10181     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10182     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10183         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
10184         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
10185         self._setOORInfo(self)
10186
10187     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
10188         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
10189         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
10190
10191     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
10192         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
10193         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
10194
10195     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10196         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
10197         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10198
10199     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10200         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
10201         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10202
10203     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10204         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
10205         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10206
10207     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10208         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
10209         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10210
10211     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
10212         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
10213         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
10214
10215     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
10216     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10217         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10218         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10219
10220     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
10221 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
10222
10223 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
10224   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
10225   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
10226
10227 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
10228   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
10229   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
10230
10231 class PyValidator(Validator):
10232     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
10233     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10234     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10235     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10236         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
10237         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
10238
10239         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
10240         self._setOORInfo(self)
10241
10242     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
10243         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
10244         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
10245
10246 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
10247
10248 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10249
10250 class Menu(EvtHandler):
10251     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
10252     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10253     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10254     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10255         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
10256         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
10257         self._setOORInfo(self)
10258
10259     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10260         """
10261         Append(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10262             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10263         """
10264         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10265
10266     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10267         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10268         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10269
10270     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10271         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10272         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10273
10274     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10275         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10276         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10277
10278     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10279         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10280         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10281
10282     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10283         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10284         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10285
10286     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
10287         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10288         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
10289
10290     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
10291         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10292         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
10293
10294     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
10295         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10296         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
10297
10298     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
10299         """Break(self)"""
10300         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
10301
10302     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10303         """
10304         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10305             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10306         """
10307         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10308
10309     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10310         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
10311         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10312
10313     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10314         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10315         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10316
10317     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10318         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10319         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10320
10321     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10322         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10323         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10324
10325     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
10326         """
10327         Prepend(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,
10328             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
10329         """
10330         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
10331
10332     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10333         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
10334         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10335
10336     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
10337         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10338         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
10339
10340     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
10341         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10342         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
10343
10344     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10345         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
10346         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10347
10348     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10349         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10350         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10351
10352     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
10353         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
10354         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
10355
10356     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10357         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
10358         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10359
10360     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
10361         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
10362         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
10363
10364     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
10365         """
10366         Destroy(self)
10367
10368         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10369         """
10370         val = _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
10371         args[0].thisown = 0
10372         return val
10373
10374     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
10375         """
10376         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
10377
10378         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10379         """
10380         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
10381         args[0].thisown = 0
10382         return val
10383
10384     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
10385         """
10386         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
10387
10388         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
10389         """
10390         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
10391         args[0].thisown = 0
10392         return val
10393
10394     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
10395         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
10396         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
10397
10398     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
10399         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
10400         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
10401
10402     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
10403         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
10404         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
10405
10406     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10407         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10408         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10409
10410     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10411         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
10412         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10413
10414     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10415         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10416         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10417
10418     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10419         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10420         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10421
10422     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10423         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10424         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10425
10426     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10427         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10428         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10429
10430     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10431         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10432         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10433
10434     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10435         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10436         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10437
10438     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10439         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10440         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10441
10442     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10443         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10444         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10445
10446     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10447         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
10448         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10449
10450     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
10451         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
10452         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
10453
10454     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10455         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
10456         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10457
10458     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
10459         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
10460         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
10461
10462     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10463         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
10464         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10465
10466     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10467         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
10468         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10469
10470     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
10471         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
10472         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
10473
10474     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
10475         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
10476         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
10477
10478     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
10479         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
10480         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
10481
10482     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10483         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
10484         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10485
10486     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10487         """Detach(self)"""
10488         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10489
10490     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10491         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10492         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10493
10494     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10495         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10496         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10497
10498     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10499         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10500         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10501
10502     EventHandler = property(GetEventHandler,SetEventHandler,doc="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")
10503     HelpString = property(GetHelpString,SetHelpString,doc="See `GetHelpString` and `SetHelpString`")
10504     InvokingWindow = property(GetInvokingWindow,SetInvokingWindow,doc="See `GetInvokingWindow` and `SetInvokingWindow`")
10505     MenuBar = property(GetMenuBar,doc="See `GetMenuBar`")
10506     MenuItemCount = property(GetMenuItemCount,doc="See `GetMenuItemCount`")
10507     MenuItems = property(GetMenuItems,doc="See `GetMenuItems`")
10508     Parent = property(GetParent,SetParent,doc="See `GetParent` and `SetParent`")
10509     Style = property(GetStyle,doc="See `GetStyle`")
10510     Title = property(GetTitle,SetTitle,doc="See `GetTitle` and `SetTitle`")
10511 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10512 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10513
10514 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10515
10516 class MenuBar(Window):
10517     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10518     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10519     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10520     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10521         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10522         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10523         self._setOORInfo(self)
10524
10525     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10526         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10527         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10528
10529     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10530         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10531         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10532
10533     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10534         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10535         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10536
10537     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10538         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10539         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10540
10541     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10542         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10543         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10544
10545     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10546         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10547         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10548
10549     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10550         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10551         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10552
10553     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10554         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10555         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10556
10557     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10558         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10559         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10560
10561     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10562         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10563         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10564
10565     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10566         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10567         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10568
10569     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10570         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10571         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10572
10573     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10574         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10575         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10576
10577     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10578         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10579         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10580
10581     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10582         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10583         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10584
10585     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10586         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10587         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10588
10589     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10590         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10591         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10592
10593     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10594         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10595         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10596
10597     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10598         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10599         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10600
10601     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10602         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10603         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10604
10605     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10606         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10607         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10608
10609     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10610         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10611         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10612
10613     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10614         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10615         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10616
10617     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10618         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10619         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10620
10621     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10622         """Detach(self)"""
10623         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10624
10625     def UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs):
10626         """UpdateMenus(self)"""
10627         return _core_.MenuBar_UpdateMenus(*args, **kwargs)
10628
10629     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10630         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10631         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10632
10633     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10634     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10635         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10636         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10637
10638     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10639     def GetMenus(self):
10640         """Return a list of (menu, label) items for the menus in the MenuBar. """
10641         return [(self.GetMenu(i), self.GetLabelTop(i))
10642                 for i in range(self.GetMenuCount())]
10643
10644     def SetMenus(self, items):
10645         """Clear and add new menus to the MenuBar from a list of (menu, label) items. """
10646         for i in range(self.GetMenuCount()-1, -1, -1):
10647             self.Remove(i)
10648         for m, l in items:
10649             self.Append(m, l)
10650
10651     Frame = property(GetFrame,doc="See `GetFrame`")
10652     Menu = property(GetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu`")
10653     MenuCount = property(GetMenuCount,doc="See `GetMenuCount`")
10654     Menus = property(GetMenus,SetMenus,doc="See `GetMenus` and `SetMenus`")
10655 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10656
10657 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10658   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10659   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10660
10661 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10662   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10663   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10664
10665 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10666
10667 class MenuItem(Object):
10668     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10669     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10670     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10671     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10672         """
10673         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10674             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10675             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10676         """
10677         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10678     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10679     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10680     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10681         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10682         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10683
10684     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10685         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10686         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10687
10688     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10689         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10690         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10691
10692     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10693         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10694         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10695
10696     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10697         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10698         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10699
10700     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10701         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10702         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10703
10704     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10705         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10706         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10707
10708     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10709         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10710         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10711
10712     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10713         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10714         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10715
10716     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10717     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10718         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10719         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10720
10721     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10722         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10723         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10724
10725     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10726         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10727         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10728
10729     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10730         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10731         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10732
10733     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10734         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10735         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10736
10737     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10738         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10739         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10740
10741     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10742         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10743         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10744
10745     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10746         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10747         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10748
10749     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10750         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10751         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10752
10753     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10754         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10755         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10756
10757     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10758         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10759         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10760
10761     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10762         """Toggle(self)"""
10763         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10764
10765     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10766         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10767         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10768
10769     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10770         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10771         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10772
10773     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10774         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10775         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10776
10777     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10778         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10779         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10780
10781     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10782         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10783         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10784
10785     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10786         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10787         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10788
10789     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10790         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10791         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10792
10793     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10794         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10795         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10796
10797     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10798         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10799         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10800
10801     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10802         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10803         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10804
10805     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10806         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10807         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10808
10809     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10810         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10811         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10812
10813     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10814         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10815         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10816
10817     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10818         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10819         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10820
10821     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10822         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10823         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10824
10825     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10826         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10827         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10828
10829     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10830         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10831         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10832
10833     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10834         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10835         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10836
10837     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10838     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10839         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10840         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10841
10842     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10843         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10844         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10845
10846     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10847         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10848         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10849
10850     Accel = property(GetAccel,SetAccel,doc="See `GetAccel` and `SetAccel`")
10851     BackgroundColour = property(GetBackgroundColour,SetBackgroundColour,doc="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")
10852     Bitmap = property(GetBitmap,SetBitmap,doc="See `GetBitmap` and `SetBitmap`")
10853     DisabledBitmap = property(GetDisabledBitmap,SetDisabledBitmap,doc="See `GetDisabledBitmap` and `SetDisabledBitmap`")
10854     Font = property(GetFont,SetFont,doc="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")
10855     Help = property(GetHelp,SetHelp,doc="See `GetHelp` and `SetHelp`")
10856     Id = property(GetId,SetId,doc="See `GetId` and `SetId`")
10857     Kind = property(GetKind,SetKind,doc="See `GetKind` and `SetKind`")
10858     Label = property(GetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel`")
10859     MarginWidth = property(GetMarginWidth,SetMarginWidth,doc="See `GetMarginWidth` and `SetMarginWidth`")
10860     Menu = property(GetMenu,SetMenu,doc="See `GetMenu` and `SetMenu`")
10861     SubMenu = property(GetSubMenu,SetSubMenu,doc="See `GetSubMenu` and `SetSubMenu`")
10862     Text = property(GetText,SetText,doc="See `GetText` and `SetText`")
10863     TextColour = property(GetTextColour,SetTextColour,doc="See `GetTextColour` and `SetTextColour`")
10864 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10865
10866 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10867   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10868   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10869
10870 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10871   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10872   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10873
10874 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10875
10876 class Control(Window):
10877     """
10878     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10879
10880     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10881     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10882     """
10883     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10884     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10885     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10886         """
10887         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10888             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10889             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10890
10891         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10892         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10893         """
10894         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10895         self._setOORInfo(self)
10896
10897     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10898         """
10899         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10900             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10901             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10902
10903         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10904         """
10905         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
10906
10907     def GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs):
10908         """
10909         GetAlignment(self) -> int
10910
10911         Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
10912         """
10913         return _core_.Control_GetAlignment(*args, **kwargs)
10914
10915     def GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs):
10916         """
10917         GetLabelText(self) -> String
10918
10919         Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')
10920         """
10921         return _core_.Control_GetLabelText(*args, **kwargs)
10922
10923     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
10924         """
10925         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
10926
10927         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
10928
10929         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
10930
10931         """
10932         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
10933
10934     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10935         """
10936         GetLabel(self) -> String
10937
10938         Return a control's text.
10939         """
10940         return _core_.Control_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10941
10942     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10943         """
10944         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10945
10946         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10947         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10948         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10949         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10950         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10951
10952         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10953         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10954         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10955         this.
10956         """
10957         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10958
10959     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
10960     Alignment = property(GetAlignment,doc="See `GetAlignment`")
10961     Label = property(GetLabel,doc="See `GetLabel`")
10962     LabelText = property(GetLabelText,doc="See `GetLabelText`")
10963 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
10964 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
10965
10966 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
10967     """
10968     PreControl() -> Control
10969
10970     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
10971     """
10972     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
10973     return val
10974
10975 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10976   """
10977     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10978
10979     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10980     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10981     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10982     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10983     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10984
10985     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10986     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10987     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10988     this.
10989     """
10990   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10991
10992 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10993
10994 class ItemContainer(object):
10995     """
10996     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
10997     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
10998     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
10999     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
11000     this one.
11001
11002     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
11003     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
11004     all conform to the same interface.
11005
11006     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
11007     optionally, client data associated with them.
11008
11009     """
11010     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11011     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11012     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11013     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
11014         """
11015         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11016
11017         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
11018         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
11019         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
11020         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
11021         """
11022         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
11023
11024     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
11025         """
11026         AppendItems(self, List strings)
11027
11028         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
11029         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
11030         need to add a lot of items.
11031         """
11032         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
11033
11034     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11035         """
11036         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
11037
11038         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
11039         optionally associating some data object with the item.
11040         """
11041         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11042
11043     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11044         """
11045         Clear(self)
11046
11047         Removes all items from the control.
11048         """
11049         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11050
11051     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
11052         """
11053         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
11054
11055         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
11056         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
11057         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
11058         than the number of items in the control.
11059         """
11060         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
11061
11062     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11063         """
11064         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
11065
11066         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
11067         """
11068         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11069
11070     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
11071         """
11072         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
11073
11074         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
11075         """
11076         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
11077
11078     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
11079         """
11080         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
11081
11082         Returns the number of items in the control.
11083         """
11084         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
11085
11086     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
11087         """
11088         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
11089
11090         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
11091         """
11092         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
11093
11094     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
11095         """
11096         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
11097
11098         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
11099         """
11100         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
11101
11102     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
11103         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
11104         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
11105
11106     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
11107         """
11108         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
11109
11110         Sets the label for the given item.
11111         """
11112         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
11113
11114     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
11115         """
11116         FindString(self, String s) -> int
11117
11118         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
11119         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
11120         found.
11121         """
11122         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
11123
11124     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11125         """
11126         SetSelection(self, int n)
11127
11128         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
11129         """
11130         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11131
11132     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11133         """
11134         GetSelection(self) -> int
11135
11136         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
11137         is selected.
11138         """
11139         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11140
11141     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11142         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
11143         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11144
11145     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
11146         """
11147         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
11148
11149         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
11150         is selected.
11151         """
11152         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
11153
11154     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
11155         """
11156         Select(self, int n)
11157
11158         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
11159         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
11160         """
11161         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
11162
11163     def GetItems(self):
11164         """Return a list of the strings in the control"""
11165         return [self.GetString(i) for i in xrange(self.GetCount())]
11166
11167     def SetItems(self, items):
11168         """Clear and set the strings in the control from a list"""
11169         self.Clear()
11170         for i in items:
11171             self.Append(i)
11172
11173     Count = property(GetCount,doc="See `GetCount`")
11174     Items = property(GetItems,SetItems,doc="See `GetItems` and `SetItems`")
11175     Selection = property(GetSelection,SetSelection,doc="See `GetSelection` and `SetSelection`")
11176     StringSelection = property(GetStringSelection,SetStringSelection,doc="See `GetStringSelection` and `SetStringSelection`")
11177     Strings = property(GetStrings,doc="See `GetStrings`")
11178 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
11179
11180 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11181
11182 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
11183     """
11184     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
11185     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
11186     that have items.
11187     """
11188     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11189     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11190     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11191 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
11192
11193 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11194
11195 class SizerItem(Object):
11196     """
11197     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
11198     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
11199     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
11200     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
11201     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
11202     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
11203     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
11204     layout.
11205
11206     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
11207     """
11208     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11209     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11210     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11211         """
11212         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
11213
11214         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
11215         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
11216
11217         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
11218         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
11219         methods are called.
11220
11221         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
11222         """
11223         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
11224     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
11225     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11226     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11227         """
11228         DeleteWindows(self)
11229
11230         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
11231         of item.
11232         """
11233         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11234
11235     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11236         """
11237         DetachSizer(self)
11238
11239         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
11240         """
11241         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11242
11243     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11244         """
11245         GetSize(self) -> Size
11246
11247         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11248         """
11249         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11250
11251     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11252         """
11253         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11254
11255         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
11256         needed by borders.
11257         """
11258         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11259
11260     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11261         """
11262         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
11263
11264         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
11265         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
11266         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
11267         account.
11268         """
11269         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11270
11271     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11272         """
11273         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11274
11275         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
11276         """
11277         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11278
11279     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11280         """
11281         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
11282
11283         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
11284         added, if needed.
11285         """
11286         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11287
11288     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
11289         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
11290         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
11291
11292     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
11293         """
11294         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
11295
11296         Set the ratio item attribute.
11297         """
11298         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
11299
11300     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
11301         """
11302         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
11303
11304         Set the ratio item attribute.
11305         """
11306         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
11307
11308     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
11309         """
11310         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
11311
11312         Set the ratio item attribute.
11313         """
11314         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
11315
11316     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
11317         """
11318         GetRatio(self) -> float
11319
11320         Set the ratio item attribute.
11321         """
11322         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
11323
11324     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
11325         """
11326         GetRect(self) -> Rect
11327
11328         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
11329         """
11330         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
11331
11332     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11333         """
11334         IsWindow(self) -> bool
11335
11336         Is this sizer item a window?
11337         """
11338         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11339
11340     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11341         """
11342         IsSizer(self) -> bool
11343
11344         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
11345         """
11346         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11347
11348     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11349         """
11350         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
11351
11352         Is this sizer item a spacer?
11353         """
11354         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11355
11356     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11357         """
11358         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
11359
11360         Set the proportion value for this item.
11361         """
11362         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11363
11364     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
11365         """
11366         GetProportion(self) -> int
11367
11368         Get the proportion value for this item.
11369         """
11370         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
11371
11372     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
11373     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
11374     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11375         """
11376         SetFlag(self, int flag)
11377
11378         Set the flag value for this item.
11379         """
11380         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11381
11382     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
11383         """
11384         GetFlag(self) -> int
11385
11386         Get the flag value for this item.
11387         """
11388         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
11389
11390     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11391         """
11392         SetBorder(self, int border)
11393
11394         Set the border value for this item.
11395         """
11396         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11397
11398     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
11399         """
11400         GetBorder(self) -> int
11401
11402         Get the border value for this item.
11403         """
11404         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
11405
11406     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11407         """
11408         GetWindow(self) -> Window
11409
11410         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11411         """
11412         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11413
11414     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11415         """
11416         SetWindow(self, Window window)
11417
11418         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
11419         """
11420         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11421
11422     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11423         """
11424         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
11425
11426         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
11427         """
11428         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11429
11430     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11431         """
11432         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
11433
11434         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
11435         """
11436         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11437
11438     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11439         """
11440         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
11441
11442         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
11443         """
11444         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11445
11446     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11447         """
11448         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
11449
11450         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
11451         """
11452         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11453
11454     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11455         """
11456         Show(self, bool show)
11457
11458         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
11459         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
11460         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
11461         """
11462         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11463
11464     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11465         """
11466         IsShown(self) -> bool
11467
11468         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
11469         """
11470         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11471
11472     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11473         """
11474         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11475
11476         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
11477         """
11478         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11479
11480     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11481         """
11482         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
11483
11484         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
11485         isn't any.
11486         """
11487         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11488
11489     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
11490         """
11491         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
11492
11493         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
11494         """
11495         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
11496
11497     Border = property(GetBorder,SetBorder,doc="See `GetBorder` and `SetBorder`")
11498     Flag = property(GetFlag,SetFlag,doc="See `GetFlag` and `SetFlag`")
11499     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize`")
11500     MinSizeWithBorder = property(GetMinSizeWithBorder,doc="See `GetMinSizeWithBorder`")
11501     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
11502     Proportion = property(GetProportion,SetProportion,doc="See `GetProportion` and `SetProportion`")
11503     Ratio = property(GetRatio,SetRatio,doc="See `GetRatio` and `SetRatio`")
11504     Rect = property(GetRect,doc="See `GetRect`")
11505     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
11506     Sizer = property(GetSizer,SetSizer,doc="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")
11507     Spacer = property(GetSpacer,SetSpacer,doc="See `GetSpacer` and `SetSpacer`")
11508     UserData = property(GetUserData,SetUserData,doc="See `GetUserData` and `SetUserData`")
11509     Window = property(GetWindow,SetWindow,doc="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")
11510 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
11511
11512 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11513     """
11514     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11515         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11516
11517     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
11518     """
11519     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11520     return val
11521
11522 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
11523     """
11524     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11525         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11526
11527     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
11528     """
11529     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
11530     return val
11531
11532 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11533     """
11534     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
11535         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
11536
11537     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
11538     """
11539     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11540     return val
11541
11542 class Sizer(Object):
11543     """
11544     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
11545     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
11546     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
11547     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and
11548     `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11549
11550     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
11551     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
11552     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
11553     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
11554     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
11555     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
11556     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
11557     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
11558     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
11559     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
11560     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
11561     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
11562     compared to a real window on screen.
11563
11564     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
11565     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
11566     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
11567     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
11568     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
11569     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
11570     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
11571     """
11572     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11573     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
11574     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11575     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
11576     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11577     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11578         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
11579         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11580
11581     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11582         """
11583         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11584             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11585
11586         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11587         """
11588         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11589
11590     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11591         """
11592         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11593             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11594
11595         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11596         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11597         """
11598         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11599
11600     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11601         """
11602         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11603             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11604
11605         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11606         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11607         """
11608         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11609
11610     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11611         """
11612         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11613
11614         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11615         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11616         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11617         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11618         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11619         and removed.
11620         """
11621         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11622
11623     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11624         """
11625         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11626
11627         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11628         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11629         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11630         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11631         was found and detached.
11632         """
11633         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11634
11635     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11636         """
11637         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11638
11639         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11640         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11641         the item to be found.
11642         """
11643         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11644
11645     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11646         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11647         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11648
11649     def _ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs):
11650         """_ReplaceWin(self, Window oldwin, Window newwin, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
11651         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceWin(*args, **kwargs)
11652
11653     def _ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs):
11654         """_ReplaceSizer(self, Sizer oldsz, Sizer newsz, bool recursive=False) -> bool"""
11655         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceSizer(*args, **kwargs)
11656
11657     def _ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs):
11658         """_ReplaceItem(self, size_t index, SizerItem newitem) -> bool"""
11659         return _core_.Sizer__ReplaceItem(*args, **kwargs)
11660
11661     def Replace(self, olditem, item, recursive=False):
11662         """
11663         Detaches the given ``olditem`` from the sizer and replaces it with
11664         ``item`` which can be a window, sizer, or `wx.SizerItem`.  The
11665         detached child is destroyed only if it is not a window, (because
11666         windows are owned by their parent, not the sizer.)  The
11667         ``recursive`` parameter can be used to search for the given
11668         element recursivly in subsizers.
11669
11670         This method does not cause any layout or resizing to take place,
11671         call `Layout` to do so.
11672
11673         Returns ``True`` if the child item was found and removed.
11674         """
11675         if isinstance(olditem, wx.Window):
11676             return self._ReplaceWin(olditem, item, recursive)
11677         elif isinstnace(olditem, wx.Sizer):
11678             return self._ReplaceSizer(olditem, item, recursive)
11679         elif isinstnace(olditem, int):
11680             return self._ReplaceItem(olditem, item)
11681         else:
11682             raise TypeError("Expected Window, Sizer, or integer for first parameter.")
11683
11684     def SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11685         """
11686         SetContainingWindow(self, Window window)
11687
11688         Set (or unset) the window this sizer is used in.
11689         """
11690         return _core_.Sizer_SetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11691
11692     def GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
11693         """
11694         GetContainingWindow(self) -> Window
11695
11696         Get the window this sizer is used in.
11697         """
11698         return _core_.Sizer_GetContainingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
11699
11700     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11701         """
11702         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11703
11704         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11705         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11706         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11707         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11708         """
11709         if len(args) == 2:
11710             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11711             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11712         else:
11713             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11714
11715     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11716         """
11717         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11718
11719         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11720         """
11721         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11722
11723     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11724         """
11725         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11726
11727         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11728         """
11729         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11730
11731     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11732         """
11733         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11734
11735         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11736         """
11737         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11738
11739     def AddMany(self, items):
11740         """
11741         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11742         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11743         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11744         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11745         """
11746         for item in items:
11747             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11748                 item = (item, )
11749             self.Add(*item)
11750
11751     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11752         """AddSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
11753
11754         Add a spacer that is (size,size) pixels.
11755         """
11756         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
11757             return self.Add( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
11758         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old AddSpacer
11759             return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11760     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11761         """PrependSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem
11762
11763         Prepend a spacer that is (size, size) pixels."""
11764         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
11765             return self.Prepend( (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
11766         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old PrependSpacer
11767             return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11768     def InsertSpacer(self, index, *args, **kw):
11769         """InsertSpacer(int index, int size) --> SizerItem
11770
11771         Insert a spacer at position index that is (size, size) pixels."""
11772         if args and type(args[0]) == int:
11773             return self.Insert( index, (args[0],args[0] ), 0)
11774         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old InsertSpacer
11775             return self.Insert(index, *args, **kw)
11776
11777
11778     def AddStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
11779         """AddStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
11780
11781         Add a stretchable spacer."""
11782         return self.Add((0,0), prop)
11783     def PrependStretchSpacer(self, prop=1):
11784         """PrependStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem
11785
11786         Prepend a stretchable spacer."""
11787         return self.Prepend((0,0), prop)
11788     def InsertStretchSpacer(self, index, prop=1):
11789         """InsertStretchSpacer(int index, int prop=1) --> SizerItem
11790
11791         Insert a stretchable spacer."""
11792         return self.Insert(index, (0,0), prop)
11793
11794
11795     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11796     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11797         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11798         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11799     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11800         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11801         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11802
11803     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11804         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11805         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11806     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11807         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11808         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11809
11810     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11811         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11812         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11813     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11814         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11815         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11816
11817     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11818         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11819         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11820     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11821         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11822         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11823     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11824         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11825         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11826
11827
11828     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11829         """
11830         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11831
11832         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11833         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11834         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11835         methods.
11836         """
11837         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11838
11839     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11840         """
11841         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11842
11843         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11844         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11845         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11846         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11847         here, depending on which is bigger.
11848         """
11849         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11850
11851     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11852         """
11853         GetSize(self) -> Size
11854
11855         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11856         """
11857         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11858
11859     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11860         """
11861         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11862
11863         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11864         """
11865         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11866
11867     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11868         """
11869         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11870
11871         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11872         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11873         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11874         """
11875         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11876
11877     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11878         return self.GetSize().Get()
11879     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11880         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11881     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11882         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11883
11884     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11885         """
11886         RecalcSizes(self)
11887
11888         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11889         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11890         it is called by `Layout`.
11891         """
11892         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11893
11894     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11895         """
11896         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11897
11898         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11899         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11900         it is called by `Layout`.
11901         """
11902         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11903
11904     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11905         """
11906         Layout(self)
11907
11908         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11909         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11910         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11911         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11912         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11913         removed.
11914         """
11915         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
11916
11917     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
11918         """
11919         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11920
11921         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11922         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11923         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11924         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
11925
11926         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11927         """
11928         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
11929
11930     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
11931         """
11932         FitInside(self, Window window)
11933
11934         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11935         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11936         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11937         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11938
11939         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11940
11941         """
11942         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
11943
11944     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11945         """
11946         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11947
11948         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11949         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
11950         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
11951         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
11952         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
11953         required by the sizer.
11954         """
11955         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11956
11957     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11958         """
11959         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
11960
11961         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
11962         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
11963         this will set them appropriately.
11964
11965         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
11966
11967         """
11968         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11969
11970     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11971         """
11972         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
11973
11974         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
11975         as well.
11976         """
11977         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11978
11979     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11980         """
11981         DeleteWindows(self)
11982
11983         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
11984         """
11985         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11986
11987     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
11988         """
11989         GetChildren(self) -> list
11990
11991         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
11992         """
11993         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
11994
11995     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11996         """
11997         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
11998
11999         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
12000         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12001         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12002         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
12003         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
12004         """
12005         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
12006
12007     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
12008         """
12009         IsShown(self, item)
12010
12011         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
12012         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
12013         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
12014         the item.
12015         """
12016         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
12017
12018     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
12019         """
12020         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
12021         """
12022         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
12023
12024     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
12025         """
12026         ShowItems(self, bool show)
12027
12028         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
12029         """
12030         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
12031
12032     Children = property(GetChildren,doc="See `GetChildren`")
12033     ContainingWindow = property(GetContainingWindow,SetContainingWindow,doc="See `GetContainingWindow` and `SetContainingWindow`")
12034     MinSize = property(GetMinSize,SetMinSize,doc="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")
12035     Position = property(GetPosition,doc="See `GetPosition`")
12036     Size = property(GetSize,doc="See `GetSize`")
12037 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
12038
12039 class PySizer(Sizer):
12040     """
12041     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
12042     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
12043     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
12044     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
12045     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
12046     For example::
12047
12048         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
12049              def __init__(self):
12050                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
12051
12052              def CalcMin(self):
12053                  for item in self.GetChildren():
12054                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
12055                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
12056                       # layout algorithm.
12057                       ...
12058                  return wx.Size(width, height)
12059
12060               def RecalcSizes(self):
12061                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
12062                   pos = self.GetPosition()
12063                   size = self.GetSize()
12064                   for item in self.GetChildren():
12065                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
12066                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
12067                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
12068                       # space alloted to this sizer.
12069                       ...
12070                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
12071
12072
12073     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
12074     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
12075     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
12076
12077     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
12078
12079
12080     """
12081     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12082     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12083     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12084         """
12085         __init__(self) -> PySizer
12086
12087         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
12088         class.
12089         """
12090         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
12091         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
12092
12093     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
12094         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
12095         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
12096
12097 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
12098
12099 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12100
12101 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
12102     """
12103     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
12104     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
12105     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
12106     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
12107     parameter passed to the constructor.
12108     """
12109     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12110     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12111     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12112         """
12113         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
12114
12115         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
12116         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
12117         sizer.
12118         """
12119         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12120         self._setOORInfo(self)
12121
12122     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12123         """
12124         GetOrientation(self) -> int
12125
12126         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
12127         """
12128         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12129
12130     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
12131         """
12132         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
12133
12134         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
12135         """
12136         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
12137
12138     Orientation = property(GetOrientation,SetOrientation,doc="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")
12139 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
12140
12141 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12142
12143 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
12144     """
12145     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
12146     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
12147     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
12148     passed to the sizer constructor.
12149     """
12150     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12151     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12152     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12153         """
12154         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
12155
12156         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
12157         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
12158         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
12159         """
12160         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12161         self._setOORInfo(self)
12162
12163     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
12164         """
12165         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
12166
12167         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
12168         """
12169         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
12170
12171     StaticBox = property(GetStaticBox,doc="See `GetStaticBox`")
12172 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
12173
12174 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12175
12176 class GridSizer(Sizer):
12177     """
12178     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
12179     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
12180     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
12181     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
12182     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
12183     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
12184
12185     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
12186     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
12187     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
12188     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
12189     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
12190     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
12191
12192     """
12193     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12194     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12195     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12196         """
12197         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
12198
12199         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
12200         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
12201         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
12202         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
12203         define extra space between all children.
12204         """
12205         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12206         self._setOORInfo(self)
12207
12208     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
12209         """
12210         SetCols(self, int cols)
12211
12212         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
12213         """
12214         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
12215
12216     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
12217         """
12218         SetRows(self, int rows)
12219
12220         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
12221         """
12222         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
12223
12224     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
12225         """
12226         SetVGap(self, int gap)
12227
12228         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12229         """
12230         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
12231
12232     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
12233         """
12234         SetHGap(self, int gap)
12235
12236         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
12237         """
12238         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
12239
12240     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
12241         """
12242         GetCols(self) -> int
12243
12244         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
12245         """
12246         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
12247
12248     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
12249         """
12250         GetRows(self) -> int
12251
12252         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
12253         """
12254         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
12255
12256     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
12257         """
12258         GetVGap(self) -> int
12259
12260         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
12261         """
12262         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
12263
12264     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
12265         """
12266         GetHGap(self) -> int
12267
12268         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
12269         """
12270         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
12271
12272     def CalcRowsCols(self):
12273         """
12274         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
12275
12276         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
12277         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
12278         in the constructor.
12279         """
12280         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
12281         rows = self.GetRows()
12282         cols = self.GetCols()
12283         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
12284         if cols != 0:
12285             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
12286         elif rows != 0:
12287             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
12288         return (rows, cols)
12289
12290     Cols = property(GetCols,SetCols,doc="See `GetCols` and `SetCols`")
12291     HGap = property(GetHGap,SetHGap,doc="See `GetHGap` and `SetHGap`")
12292     Rows = property(GetRows,SetRows,doc="See `GetRows` and `SetRows`")
12293     VGap = property(GetVGap,SetVGap,doc="See `GetVGap` and `SetVGap`")
12294 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
12295
12296 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12297
12298 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
12299 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
12300 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
12301 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
12302     """
12303     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
12304     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
12305     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
12306     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
12307     the `wx.GridSizer`.
12308
12309     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
12310     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
12311     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
12312     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
12313     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
12314     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
12315
12316
12317     """
12318     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12319     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12320     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12321         """
12322         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
12323
12324         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
12325         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
12326         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
12327         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
12328         define extra space between all children.
12329         """
12330         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12331         self._setOORInfo(self)
12332
12333     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
12334         """
12335         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
12336
12337         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
12338         is extra space available to the sizer.
12339
12340         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
12341         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
12342         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
12343         """
12344         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
12345
12346     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
12347         """
12348         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
12349
12350         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
12351         """
12352         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
12353
12354     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
12355         """
12356         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
12357
12358         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
12359         there is extra space available to the sizer.
12360
12361         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
12362         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
12363         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
12364         """
12365         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
12366
12367     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
12368         """
12369         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
12370
12371         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
12372         """
12373         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
12374
12375     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
12376         """
12377         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
12378
12379         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
12380         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
12381         other value is ignored.
12382
12383             ==============    =======================================
12384             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
12385             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
12386             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
12387                               (this is the default value).
12388             ==============    =======================================
12389
12390         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12391
12392         """
12393         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
12394
12395     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
12396         """
12397         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
12398
12399         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
12400         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
12401
12402         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
12403         """
12404         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
12405
12406     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
12407         """
12408         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
12409
12410         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
12411         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
12412         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
12413
12414             ==========================  =================================================
12415             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
12416             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
12417                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
12418                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
12419                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
12420             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
12421                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
12422                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
12423             ==========================  =================================================
12424
12425         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
12426         """
12427         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
12428
12429     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
12430         """
12431         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
12432
12433         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
12434         non-flexible direction if there is one.
12435
12436         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
12437         """
12438         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
12439
12440     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
12441         """
12442         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
12443
12444         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
12445         rows in the sizer.
12446         """
12447         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
12448
12449     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
12450         """
12451         GetColWidths(self) -> list
12452
12453         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
12454         columns in the sizer.
12455         """
12456         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
12457
12458     ColWidths = property(GetColWidths,doc="See `GetColWidths`")
12459     FlexibleDirection = property(GetFlexibleDirection,SetFlexibleDirection,doc="See `GetFlexibleDirection` and `SetFlexibleDirection`")
12460     NonFlexibleGrowMode = property(GetNonFlexibleGrowMode,SetNonFlexibleGrowMode,doc="See `GetNonFlexibleGrowMode` and `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`")
12461     RowHeights = property(GetRowHeights,doc="See `GetRowHeights`")
12462 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
12463
12464 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
12465     """
12466     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
12467     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
12468     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
12469     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
12470     will take care of the rest.
12471
12472     """
12473     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12474     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12475     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12476         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
12477         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12478     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
12479         """
12480         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
12481
12482         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
12483         method in the base class.
12484         """
12485         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
12486
12487     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
12488         """
12489         Realize(self)
12490
12491         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
12492         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
12493         specifc manner.
12494         """
12495         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
12496
12497     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12498         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12499         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12500
12501     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12502         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12503         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12504
12505     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12506         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
12507         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12508
12509     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12510         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12511         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12512
12513     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
12514         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12515         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
12516
12517     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
12518         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12519         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
12520
12521     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
12522         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12523         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
12524
12525     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
12526         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
12527         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
12528
12529     AffirmativeButton = property(GetAffirmativeButton,SetAffirmativeButton,doc="See `GetAffirmativeButton` and `SetAffirmativeButton`")
12530     ApplyButton = property(GetApplyButton,doc="See `GetApplyButton`")
12531     CancelButton = property(GetCancelButton,SetCancelButton,doc="See `GetCancelButton` and `SetCancelButton`")
12532     HelpButton = property(GetHelpButton,doc="See `GetHelpButton`")
12533     NegativeButton = property(GetNegativeButton,SetNegativeButton,doc="See `GetNegativeButton` and `SetNegativeButton`")
12534 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
12535
12536 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12537
12538 class GBPosition(object):
12539     """
12540     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12541     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12542     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12543     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12544     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12545     """
12546     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12547     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12548     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12549         """
12550         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
12551
12552         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
12553         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
12554         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
12555         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
12556         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
12557         """
12558         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
12559     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
12560     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12561     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12562         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
12563         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12564
12565     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12566         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
12567         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12568
12569     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
12570         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
12571         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
12572
12573     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
12574         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
12575         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
12576
12577     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12578         """
12579         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12580
12581         Compare GBPosition for equality.
12582         """
12583         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12584
12585     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12586         """
12587         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12588
12589         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
12590         """
12591         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12592
12593     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12594         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
12595         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12596
12597     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12598         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12599         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12600
12601     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12602     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12603     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
12604     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12605     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12606     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12607         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
12608         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
12609         else: raise IndexError
12610     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12611     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12612     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
12613
12614     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
12615     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
12616
12617 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
12618
12619 class GBSpan(object):
12620     """
12621     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
12622     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
12623     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
12624     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
12625     nearly transparently in Python code.
12626
12627     """
12628     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12629     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12630     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12631         """
12632         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
12633
12634         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
12635         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
12636         cell in each direction.
12637         """
12638         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
12639     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
12640     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12641     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12642         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
12643         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12644
12645     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12646         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
12647         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12648
12649     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
12650         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
12651         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
12652
12653     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
12654         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
12655         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
12656
12657     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
12658         """
12659         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12660
12661         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
12662         """
12663         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
12664
12665     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
12666         """
12667         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
12668
12669         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
12670         """
12671         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
12672
12673     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12674         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
12675         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12676
12677     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
12678         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
12679         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
12680
12681     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
12682     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
12683     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
12684     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12685     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12686     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12687         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12688         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12689         else: raise IndexError
12690     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12691     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12692     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12693
12694     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12695     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12696
12697 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12698
12699 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12700     """
12701     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12702     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12703     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12704
12705     """
12706     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12707     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12708     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12709         """
12710         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12711
12712         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12713         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12714         item can be used in a Sizer.
12715
12716         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12717         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12718         """
12719         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12720     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12721     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12722     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12723         """
12724         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12725
12726         Get the grid position of the item
12727         """
12728         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12729
12730     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12731     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12732         """
12733         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12734
12735         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12736         """
12737         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12738
12739     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12740     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12741         """
12742         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12743
12744         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12745         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12746         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12747         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12748         """
12749         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12750
12751     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12752         """
12753         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12754
12755         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12756         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12757         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12758         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12759
12760         """
12761         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12762
12763     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12764         """
12765         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12766
12767         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12768         """
12769         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12770
12771     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12772         """
12773         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12774
12775         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12776         """
12777         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12778
12779     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12780         """
12781         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12782
12783         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12784         """
12785         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12786
12787     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12788         """
12789         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12790
12791         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12792         """
12793         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12794
12795     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12796         """
12797         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12798
12799         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12800         """
12801         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12802
12803     EndPos = property(GetEndPos,doc="See `GetEndPos`")
12804     GBSizer = property(GetGBSizer,SetGBSizer,doc="See `GetGBSizer` and `SetGBSizer`")
12805     Pos = property(GetPos,SetPos,doc="See `GetPos` and `SetPos`")
12806     Span = property(GetSpan,SetSpan,doc="See `GetSpan` and `SetSpan`")
12807 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12808 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12809
12810 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12811     """
12812     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12813         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12814
12815     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12816     """
12817     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12818     return val
12819
12820 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12821     """
12822     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12823         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12824
12825     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12826     """
12827     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12828     return val
12829
12830 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12831     """
12832     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12833         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12834
12835     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12836     """
12837     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12838     return val
12839
12840 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12841     """
12842     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12843     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12844     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12845     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12846     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12847     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12848
12849     """
12850     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12851     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12852     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12853         """
12854         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12855
12856         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12857         rows and columns.
12858         """
12859         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12860         self._setOORInfo(self)
12861
12862     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12863         """
12864         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12865         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12866
12867         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12868         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12869         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12870
12871         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12872         position, False if something was already there.
12873
12874         """
12875         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12876
12877     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12878         """
12879         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12880
12881         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12882         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12883         something was already there.
12884         """
12885         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12886
12887     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12888         """
12889         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12890
12891         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12892         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12893         """
12894         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12895
12896     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12897         """
12898         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12899
12900         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12901         """
12902         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12903
12904     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12905         """
12906         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12907
12908         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12909         """
12910         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12911
12912     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12913         """
12914         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12915
12916         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12917         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12918         index of an item.
12919         """
12920         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
12921
12922     def SetItemPosition(*args):
12923         """
12924         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12925
12926         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12927         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12928         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
12929         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12930
12931         """
12932         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
12933
12934     def GetItemSpan(*args):
12935         """
12936         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
12937
12938         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12939         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12940         zero-based index of an item.
12941         """
12942         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
12943
12944     def SetItemSpan(*args):
12945         """
12946         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
12947
12948         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12949         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12950         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
12951         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12952         """
12953         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
12954
12955     def FindItem(*args):
12956         """
12957         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
12958
12959         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
12960         not found. (non-recursive)
12961         """
12962         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
12963
12964     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12965         """
12966         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
12967
12968         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
12969         item at that position. (non-recursive)
12970         """
12971         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12972
12973     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
12974         """
12975         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
12976
12977         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
12978         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
12979         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
12980         layout. (non-recursive)
12981         """
12982         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
12983
12984     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
12985         """
12986         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12987
12988         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12989         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
12990         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
12991         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12992         position of.
12993
12994         """
12995         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
12996
12997     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
12998         """
12999         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
13000
13001         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
13002         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
13003         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
13004         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
13005         position of.
13006         """
13007         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
13008
13009 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
13010
13011 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
13012
13013 Left = _core_.Left
13014 Top = _core_.Top
13015 Right = _core_.Right
13016 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
13017 Width = _core_.Width
13018 Height = _core_.Height
13019 Centre = _core_.Centre
13020 Center = _core_.Center
13021 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
13022 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
13023 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
13024 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
13025 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
13026 Above = _core_.Above
13027 Below = _core_.Below
13028 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
13029 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
13030 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
13031 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
13032 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
13033     """
13034     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
13035     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
13036     You will never need to create an instance of
13037     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
13038     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
13039     that it contains.
13040     """
13041     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13042     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
13043     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13044     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
13045         """
13046         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
13047
13048         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
13049         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
13050         """
13051         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
13052
13053     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
13054         """
13055         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13056
13057         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
13058         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
13059         other window.
13060         """
13061         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
13062
13063     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
13064         """
13065         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13066
13067         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
13068         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
13069         other window.
13070         """
13071         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
13072
13073     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
13074         """
13075         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13076
13077         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
13078         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
13079         window.
13080         """
13081         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
13082
13083     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
13084         """
13085         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
13086
13087         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
13088         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
13089         window.
13090         """
13091         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
13092
13093     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
13094         """
13095         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
13096
13097         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
13098         given window, with an optional margin.
13099         """
13100         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
13101
13102     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
13103         """
13104         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
13105
13106         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
13107         window, with an optional margin.
13108         """
13109         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
13110
13111     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
13112         """
13113         Absolute(self, int val)
13114
13115         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
13116         """
13117         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
13118
13119     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
13120         """
13121         Unconstrained(self)
13122
13123         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
13124         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
13125         """
13126         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
13127
13128     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
13129         """
13130         AsIs(self)
13131
13132         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
13133         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
13134         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
13135         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
13136         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
13137         button label.
13138         """
13139         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
13140
13141     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
13142         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
13143         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
13144
13145     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13146         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
13147         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13148
13149     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13150         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
13151         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13152
13153     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
13154         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
13155         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
13156
13157     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13158         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
13159         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
13160
13161     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
13162         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
13163         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
13164
13165     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
13166         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
13167         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
13168
13169     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
13170         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
13171         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
13172
13173     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13174         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
13175         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13176
13177     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
13178         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
13179         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
13180
13181     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
13182         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
13183         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
13184
13185     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
13186         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
13187         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
13188
13189     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
13190         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
13191         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
13192
13193     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
13194         """
13195         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
13196
13197         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
13198         """
13199         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
13200
13201     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
13202         """
13203         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
13204
13205         Try to satisfy constraint
13206         """
13207         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
13208
13209     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
13210         """
13211         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
13212
13213         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
13214         is not determinable, -1.
13215         """
13216         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
13217
13218     Done = property(GetDone,SetDone,doc="See `GetDone` and `SetDone`")
13219     Margin = property(GetMargin,SetMargin,doc="See `GetMargin` and `SetMargin`")
13220     MyEdge = property(GetMyEdge,doc="See `GetMyEdge`")
13221     OtherEdge = property(GetOtherEdge,doc="See `GetOtherEdge`")
13222     OtherWindow = property(GetOtherWindow,doc="See `GetOtherWindow`")
13223     Percent = property(GetPercent,doc="See `GetPercent`")
13224     Relationship = property(GetRelationship,SetRelationship,doc="See `GetRelationship` and `SetRelationship`")
13225     Value = property(GetValue,SetValue,doc="See `GetValue` and `SetValue`")
13226 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
13227
13228 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
13229     """
13230     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
13231     instead.
13232
13233     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
13234     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
13235
13236     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
13237     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
13238     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
13239
13240         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
13241         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
13242         * top: represents the top edge of the window
13243         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
13244         * width: represents the width of the window
13245         * height: represents the height of the window
13246         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
13247         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
13248
13249     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
13250     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
13251     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
13252     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
13253     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
13254     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
13255     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
13256
13257     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
13258
13259     """
13260     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
13261     __repr__ = _swig_repr
13262     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
13263     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
13264     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
13265     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
13266     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
13267     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
13268     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
13269     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
13270     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
13271         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
13272         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
13273     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
13274     __del__ = lambda self : None;
13275     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
13276         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
13277         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
13278
13279     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
13280         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
13281         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
13282
13283 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
13284
13285 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13286
13287 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
13288 try:
13289     True
13290 except NameError:
13291     __builtins__.True = 1==1
13292     __builtins__.False = 1==0
13293     def bool(value): return not not value
13294     __builtins__.bool = bool
13295
13296
13297
13298 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
13299 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
13300 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
13301 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
13302
13303
13304 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13305 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
13306 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
13307
13308 from __version__ import *
13309 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
13310
13311 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
13312 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
13313 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
13314     import warnings
13315     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
13316
13317 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13318
13319 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
13320 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
13321 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
13322 # encoding we need to use as well.)
13323 #
13324 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
13325 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
13326 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
13327 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
13328 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
13329 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
13330
13331 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
13332 if default == 'ascii':
13333     import locale
13334     import codecs
13335     try:
13336         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
13337         codecs.lookup(default)
13338     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
13339         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
13340     del locale
13341     del codecs
13342 if default:
13343     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
13344 del default
13345
13346 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13347
13348 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
13349     pass
13350
13351 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
13352     """
13353     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
13354     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
13355     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
13356     """
13357     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
13358     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
13359
13360     def __repr__(self):
13361         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13362             self._name = "[unknown]"
13363         return self.reprStr % self._name
13364
13365     def __getattr__(self, *args):
13366         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13367             self._name = "[unknown]"
13368         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
13369
13370     def __nonzero__(self):
13371         return 0
13372
13373
13374
13375 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
13376     pass
13377
13378 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
13379     """
13380     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
13381     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
13382     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
13383     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
13384     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
13385     is ready.
13386     """
13387
13388     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
13389     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
13390
13391     def __repr__(self):
13392         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13393         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
13394         return self.reprStr #% self._name
13395
13396     def __getattr__(self, *args):
13397         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
13398         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
13399         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
13400
13401     def __nonzero__(self):
13402         return 0
13403
13404
13405 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13406
13407 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
13408     """
13409     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
13410     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
13411     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
13412     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
13413
13414     :see: `wx.FutureCall`
13415     """
13416     app = wx.GetApp()
13417     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
13418
13419     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
13420         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
13421         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
13422                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
13423     evt = wx.PyEvent()
13424     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
13425     evt.callable = callable
13426     evt.args = args
13427     evt.kw = kw
13428     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
13429
13430 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13431
13432
13433 class FutureCall:
13434     """
13435     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
13436     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
13437     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
13438     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
13439
13440     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
13441     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
13442     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
13443     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
13444     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
13445     object.
13446
13447     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
13448     """
13449     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
13450         self.millis = millis
13451         self.callable = callable
13452         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
13453         self.runCount = 0
13454         self.running = False
13455         self.hasRun = False
13456         self.result = None
13457         self.timer = None
13458         self.Start()
13459
13460     def __del__(self):
13461         self.Stop()
13462
13463
13464     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
13465         """
13466         (Re)start the timer
13467         """
13468         self.hasRun = False
13469         if millis is not None:
13470             self.millis = millis
13471         if args or kwargs:
13472             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
13473         self.Stop()
13474         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
13475         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
13476         self.running = True
13477     Restart = Start
13478
13479
13480     def Stop(self):
13481         """
13482         Stop and destroy the timer.
13483         """
13484         if self.timer is not None:
13485             self.timer.Stop()
13486             self.timer = None
13487
13488
13489     def GetInterval(self):
13490         if self.timer is not None:
13491             return self.timer.GetInterval()
13492         else:
13493             return 0
13494
13495
13496     def IsRunning(self):
13497         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
13498
13499
13500     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
13501         """
13502         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
13503         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
13504         new call to the same callable object but with different
13505         parameters.
13506         """
13507         self.args = args
13508         self.kwargs = kwargs
13509
13510
13511     def HasRun(self):
13512         return self.hasRun
13513
13514     def GetResult(self):
13515         return self.result
13516
13517     def Notify(self):
13518         """
13519         The timer has expired so call the callable.
13520         """
13521         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
13522             self.runCount += 1
13523             self.running = False
13524             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
13525         self.hasRun = True
13526         if not self.running:
13527             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
13528             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
13529
13530     Interval = property(GetInterval)
13531     Result = property(GetResult)
13532
13533
13534 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13535 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
13536 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
13537 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
13538 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
13539 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
13540 # where they should be used.
13541
13542 class __DocFilter:
13543     """
13544     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
13545     functions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
13546     """
13547     def __init__(self, globals):
13548         self._globals = globals
13549
13550     def __call__(self, name):
13551         import types
13552         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
13553
13554         # only document classes and function
13555         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
13556             return False
13557
13558         # skip other things that are private or will be documented as part of somethign else
13559         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
13560             return False
13561
13562         # skip functions that are duplicates of static functions in a class
13563         if name.find('_') != -1:
13564             cls = self._globals.get(name.split('_')[0], None)
13565             methname = name.split('_')[1]
13566             if hasattr(cls, methname) and type(getattr(cls, methname)) is types.FunctionType:
13567                 return False
13568
13569         return True
13570
13571 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13572 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13573
13574 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
13575 # "core" wx namespace
13576 from _gdi import *
13577 from _windows import *
13578 from _controls import *
13579 from _misc import *
13580
13581 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13582 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
13583
13584
13585